62st325 Civic 5 Door 99

INTRODUCTION General Info
How to Use This Manual
This supplement contains information for the '99 CIVIC 5 DOOR. Special Tools
Refer to following shop manuals for service procedures and data
not included in this supplement.
specs
1
Description Code No.
Specifications
'95 CIVIC 5 DOOR BODY REPAIR MANUAL 62ST330
'95 CIVIC 5 DOOR Shop Manual MAINTE- 62ST300
NANCE REPAIR and CONSTRUCTION
'96 CIVIC 5 DOOR SUPPLEMENT 62ST320
'97 CIVIC 5 DOOR SUPPLEMENT 62ST321 Maintenance
'97 CIVIC 5 DOOR TURBO DIESEL 62ST322
SUPPLEMENT
'97 CIVIC 5 DOOR TURBO DIESEL FUEL AND 62ST323
EMISSION SUPPLEMENT
'97 CIVIC 5 DOOR/CIVIC 5 DOOR TURBO 62ST324
Engine
DIESEL SUPPLEMENT
The first page of each section is marked with a black tab that lines
up with one of the thumb index tabs on this page. You can quickly li
find the first page of each section without looking through a full
table of contents. The symbols printed at the top corner of each
page can also be used as a quick reference system.
Fuel and Emissions
Special Information
Indicates a strong possibility of severe personal injury

if instructions are not followed. *Transaxle
CAUTION: Indicates a possibility of personal injury or equipment
damage if instructions are not followed.
NOTE: Gives helpful information.

n
CAUTION: Detailed descriptions of standard workshop procedures,
safety principles and service operations are not included. Please
note that this manual contains warnings and cautions against
some specific service methods which could cause PERSONAL
INJURY, damage a vehicle, or make it unsafe. Please understand
that these warnings cannot cover all conceivable ways in which
service, whether or not recommended by HONDA, might be done, *
or of the possible hazardous consequences of every conceivable
way, nor could HONDA investigate all such ways. Anyone using
(Including IABSI) @ABS
service procedures or tools, whether or not recommended by
HONDA, must satisfy himself thoroughly that neither personal safe-
ty nor vehicle safety will be jeopardized. *Body
All information contained in this manual is based on the latest prod-
uct information available at the time of printing. We reserve the
right to make changes at any time without notice. No part of this
publication may be reproduced, stored in retrieval system, or trans-
mitted, in any form by any means, electronic, mechanical, photo-
copying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permis-
sion of the publisher. This includes text, figures and tables.
marked sections are not included in this manual.

As sections with * include SRS components; special precautions are
required when servicing.
First Edition 10/98 218 pages HONDA MOTOR CO., LTO.

All Rights Reserved Service Publication Office
Outline of Model Changes
'97
'96 '97 '97 '99 REFERENCE
ITEM DESCRIPTION Turbo
MODEL MODEL MODEL .MODEL SECTION
Diesel
General Added
Information 1.8 model and KY model
0 --
Added
20T2R engine model
0 --
Added
20T2N engine model
0 --
Maintenance Added
Maintenance procedures
0 --
Engine Added
D14A2 engine
Changed 0 --
VTEC solenoid valve troubleshooting flowchart
Intake and exhaust manifold
Added
D14A6, D14A7, D14A8, D15Z8, D16B2 and 0 --
B18C4 engines
Added
20T2R engine (2.0 f turbo charged fuel inject- 0 --
ed diesel engine)
Added
20T2N engine (2.0 f turbo charged with inter-
cooler, electronic diesel controlled fuel injected
0 --
engine)
Added
D14Z3, D14Z4, D16W3 and D16W4 engines for 0 5
KE, Kg, KS models
Fuel and Changed
Emissions Immobilizer system flowchart 0 --
Maintenance interval of the air cleaner
Added
D14A6, D14A7, D14A8, D15Z8, D1682 and .,
0 --
B18C4 engine PGM-FI systems
Added following information for 20T2R engine
System description
Diesel engine management system
Fuel supply system
0 --
Intake air system
Emission control system
Added following information for 20T2N engine
System description
Diesel engine management system
Fuel supply system
0 --
Intake air system
Emission control system
Added
D14Z3, D14Z4, D16W3 and D16W4 engines for 0 11
KE, KG, KS models
'97
'96 '97 '97 '99 REFERENCE
MODEL MODEL MODEL MODEL SECTION
Diesel
Clutch Added
o 20T2R engine model
0 --
Changed tightening torque value to the following:
o Master cylinder
o Clutch pipe
0 --
o Flywheel
Manual Added
Transmission o Honda genuine manual transmission fluid (MTF)
0 --
1M transmission changed
o Reverse gear noise reduction system
o Reverse shift holder
o Shift fork assembly

0 --
Added
o S9B transmission
Added
0 --
Modified
o 9A transmission and S98 transmission
Changed 0 --
o Gearshift mechanism of 9A transmission
Added
o SJ grade oil
0 13
Automatic Changed
Transmission o 1st gear collar and 4th gear collar of the main-
shaft
o Conical spring washer of the mainshaft and
countershaft
o 3rd gear collar of the countershaft 0 --
o Right side cover
o Clutch assemblies
o Values of the road test
Modified
o Hydraulic circuit
Changed
o Transmission Fluid (ATF) recommendation
0 --
Differential Added
o Helical type LSD for S98 manual transmission
0 --
Changed
o Tapered roller bearing of the Limited Slip ' 0 15
Differential
Driveshafts Added
o Driveshafts and intermediate shaft for 818C4 0 --
engine
Added
0 --
Added
o Replacement procedure for ear clamp type
boot bands
o Outboard joint disassembly/reassembly pro- 0 16
cedure
Changed
o Outboard boot of the 818C4 engine
'97
'96 '97 '97 '99 REFERENCE
Diesel
Steering Changed
Tension of power steering pump belt
Steering gearbox removal and installation
0 --
procedures for models with SRS
Added
Power steering system for 20T2R engine model
0 --
Suspension Changed
Stabilizer link of the f(ont and rear suspension ..0 --
for 818C4 engine
Brakes Changed
Master cylinder 0 --
Torque value of the brake hose and pipes
Added
Inspection procedures for the rubber parts
and brake booster
0 --
Front brake caliper arid disk for 818C4 engine
Added
Brake servo vacuum pump repair information
0 --
Anti lock Changed
Brake ABS troubleshooting
0 --
System Changed
(ABS) . ABS controlt,mit connector terminal arrange-
ment
0 --
ABS indicator light circuit
Modified
ABS
0 --
Changed
ABS system for 20T2N engine model
Added 0 19
Electronic Brake Distribution (EBD) for except
D16W3 and 20T2N engine models
Body Added
Front bumper beam
Front under spoiler for some models
DOHC VTEC emblem for some models
Front seat belt with the mechanical seat belt
0 --
..
tensioner .
Changed
Hood latch and CIVIC emblem
Added removal and installation procedures for
following:
Underbelly panel
0 --
Engine acoustic cover
Changed.
Component parts of rear seats .. 0 20
Rear center lap'belt
'97
'96 '97 '97 '99 REFERENCE
Diesel
Heating, Added
Ventilation o A/C compressor produced by DENSO
0 --
and Air Added
Conditioning o Heating, ventilation system and air condition- 0 --
ing system
Electrical Changed
o Circuit diagrams of systems and wire colors
Added 0 --
o High mount brake light
o Immobilizer system information
Added
o Alternator and headlight washer for KG and
KE models
Changed
0 --
o Starter motor and.distributor
o Front fog lights
Added
o Relay, control unit, harness, and ground location
information
o Power and ground distribution information
0 --
o Alternator, starter, battery and vehicle speed
sensor
Supplemental Changed
Restraint o Unit anctcable reel connectors
0 --
System (SRS) Added
o Mechanical seat belt tensioners
0 --
Changed
o TORX bolt application on SRS unit and SRS 0 --
main harness ground
Chassis and Engin$.Numbers' ..... :... ...... -1:2
Chassis and Engine Numbers
.- Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) - - - - , .- Engine Number - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ,
Manufacturer, Make and

T-.- -
SHH MB2 7 3 0 X U 1 00001
Engine Type _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
D14A6- E100001
___.T
Type of Vehicle - - - - - - - ' D14Z3: 1.4 SOHC 16-valves Multipart Fuel-
SHH: HONDA OF THE U.K. injected engine with catalytic converter
MFG., LTD. England. D14Z4: 1.4 SOHC 16-valves Multipart Fuel-
HONDA Passenger injected engine with catalytic converter
vehicle D15Z8: 1.5 f SOHC 16-valves Sequential
Line, Body and Engine Type - Multipart Fuel-injected VTEC-E engine
MB2: CIVIC 5-door/ with catalytic converter
D14Z3, D14Z4 D16W3: 1.6 SOHC 16-valves Multipart Fuel-
MB3: CIVIC 5-door/D15Z8 injected engine with catalytic converter
MB4: CIVIC 5-door/D16W3, D16W4 D16W4: 1.6 SOHC 16-valves Multipart Fuel-
MB6: CIVIC 5-door/B18C4 injected VTEC engine with catalytic con-
MB7: CIVIC 5-door/20T2N verter
Body and Transmission Type B18C4: 1.8 DOHC 16-valves Sequential
7: 5-door Hatchback Multipart Fuel-injected VTEC engine
5-speed Manual with catalytic converter
8: 5-door Hatchback 20T2N: 2.0 SOHC 8 valves Fuel-injected
4-speed Automatic diesel engine with turbo charger, inter-
Vehicle Grade cooler and catalytic converter
0: 1.4i Serial Number
2: 1.4i D14Z3,D14Z4,D16VV3,D16VV4:E100001-
3: 1.4i, 1.5i VTEC, VTi, 2.0iTD D14A6: E200001-:
4: 1.4i, 1.5i VTEC, 2.0iTD D15Z8: E300001-
5: 1.4i, 1.4iS, 1.5iB, 1.6iLS, 2.0iTDLS B18C4: 1200001-
6: 1.4i, 1.4iS, 1.4iLS, 1.6iES 20T2N: 0000001-
7: 1.4iS, 1.6iES
8: 1.4iS
9: 1.4i
Fixed Code - - - - - - - - - - - - - ' - Transmission Number
Auxiliary Number
S1LA- 3000001
Factory Code
U: Honda of the U.K. Manufacturing in
England
Transmission Type I
S1LA: 4-speed Automatic
ModeiYear
S9B: 5-speed Manual
1: 1999
9A: 5-speed Manual
Serial Number
Serial Number
S1LA:3000001-
S9B: 1000001-
9A: 1000001-
1-2
I App icable Area Code /VINJE ngme Number /Transm1ss1on Number
M ode/
APPLICABLE HANDLE GRADE TRANSMISSION VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION TRANSMISSION
MODEL AREA CODE DRIVE NAME TYPE NUMBER ENGINE NUMBER NUMBER
TYPE
1.4i 5MT 5HHM82730XU100001- D14Z3-E100001- 9A-1000001-
1.4i 5MT 5HHM827 40XU 100001- D14Z3-E100001- 9A-1000001-
1.4i5 5MT 5HHM82750XU 100001- D14Z4-E100001- 9A-1000001-
1.4i5 5MT 5HHM82760XU100001- D14Z4-E100001- 9A-1000001-
1.4i5 5MT 5HHM82770XU100001- D14Z4-E100001- 9A-1000001-
1.4iS 5MT 5HHM82780XU100001- D14Z4-E100001- 9A-1000001-
1.4i5 4AT 5HHM82850XU100001- D14Z4-E100001 .. 51 LA-300000 1-
1.4iS 4AT 5HHM82860XU100001- D14Z4-E100001- 51 LA-300000 1-
1.5iVTEC 5MT 5HHM83730XU100001- D15Z8-E300001- 9A-1000001-
KG LHD 1.5iVTEC 5MT 5HHM83740XU100001- D15Z8-E30000 1- 9A-1000001-
1.5i8 5MT 5HHM83750XU100001- D15Z8-E300001- 9A-1000001-
1.6iLS 5MT 5HHM84750XU100001- D16W3-E100001- 9A-1000001-
1.6iL5 4AT 5HHM84850XU 100001- D16W3-E100001- 51 LA-300000 1-
1.6iE5 5MT 5HHM84760XU 100001- D16W4-E100001- 9A-1000001-
1.6iE5 4AT 5HHM84860XU100001- D16W4-E100001- 51 LA-3000001-
VTi 5MT 5HHM86730XU 100001- 818C4-1200001- 598-1 000001-
2.0iTD 5MT 5HHM87730XU100001- 20T2N-OOOOOO 1- 9A-1 000001-
2.0iTD 5MT 5HHM87740XU100001- 20T2N-0000001- 9A-1000001-
' '
CIVIC 2.0iTDLS 5Ml 5HHM87750XU 100001- 20T2N-0000001- 9A-1000001-
5-door 1.4i 5MT 5HHM82700XU100001- D 14Z3-E 100001 N 9A-1000001-
1.4i 5MT 5HHM82720XU 100001- D14Z3-E100001- 9A-1000001-
1.4i 5MT 5HHM82750XU100001- D14Z3-E100001- , 9A-1000001-
1.4i 5MT 5HHM82760XU 100001- D14Z3-E100001- 9A-1000001-
1.4i 5MT 5HHM82790XU100001- D14Z3-E100001- 9A-1000001-
1.4i 4AT 5HHM82860XU100001- D14Z3-E100001- 51 LA-300000 1-
KE RHO 1.5iVTEC 5MT 5HHM83740XU100001- D15Z8-E300001- 9A-1000001-
1.6iL5 5MT 5HHM84750XU 100001- D16W3-E100001- 9A-1000001-
1.6iL5 4AT 5HHM84850XU 100001- D16W3-E100001-, 51 LA-300000 1-
1.6iE5 5MT 5HHM84770XU100001- D16W4-E100001- 9A-1000001-
1.6iE5 4AT 5HHM84870XU100001- D16W4-E100001- 51 LA-300000 1-
VTi 5MT 5HHM86730XU 100001- 818C4-1200001- 598-1000001-
2.0iTDLS 5MT 5HHM87750XU100001- 20T2N-0000001- 9A-1000001-
1.4i 5MT 5HHM82750XU 100001- D14Z4-E100001- 9A-1000001- ,
1.5iVTEC 5MT 5HHM83740XU100001- D15Z8-E300001- 9A-1000001-
K5 LHD
1.6iL5 5MT 5HHM84750XU100001- D16VI(3-E 100001- 9A-1000001-
1.6iL5 4AT 5HHM84850XU100001- D16W3-E100001- 51 LA-300000 1-
1.4iL5 5MT 5HHM82760XU 100001- D 14A6-E20000 1- 9A-1000001-
KY LHD
1.4iL5 4AT 5HHM82860XU100001- D14A6-E200001- S 1LA-300000 1-
1-3
Abbreviations
List of automotive abbreviations which may be used in shop manual.
ASS Anti-lock Brake System F Front

NC Air Conditioning, Air Conditioner. FIA Fuel Injection Air
ACL Air Cleaner FL Front Left
NF Air Fuel Ratio FP Fuel Pump
ALT Alternator FR Front Right
AMP Ampere (s) FSR Fail Safe Relay
ANT Antenna : FWD Front Wheel Drive
API American Petroleum Institute
APPRO X. Approximately GAL Gallon
ASSY Assembly GND Ground
NT Automatic Transmission
ATDC After Top Dead Center H/B Hatchback
ATF Automatic Transmission Fluid HC:: Hydrocarbons
ATT Attachment H02S Heated Oxygen Sensor
ATTS Active Torque Transfer System
AUTO Automatic lAB Intake Air Bypass
AUX Auxiliary lAC Idle Air Control
IAR Intake Air Resonator
BARO Barometric IAT Intake Air Temperature
BAT Battery ICM Ignition Control Module
BDC Bottom Dead Center ID Identification
BTDC Before Top Dead Center IDor I.D. Inside Diameter
IGor IGN Ignition
CARS Carburetor IMA Idle Mixture Adjustment
CAT Catalytic Converter IMMOBI. Immobilizer (lmmobiliser)
arCATA IN Intake
CHG Charge INJ Injection
CKF Crankshaft Speed Fluctuation INT Intermittent
CKP Crankshaft Position
co Carbon Monoxide KS Knock Sensor
COMP Complete
CPB Clutch Pressure Back up L Left
CPC .Clutch Pressure Control L/C Lock-up Clutch
CPU Central Processing Unit LED Light.Emitting Diode
CVT Continuously Variable Transmission lF Left Front
CYL Cylinder LH Left Handle
CYP Cylinder Position LHD Left Handle Drive
LR Left Rear
Dl Distributor Ignition LSD Limited Slip Differential
DIFF Differential L-4 In-line Four Cylinder (engine)
DLC Data Link Connector
DOHC Double Overhead Camshaft
DPI Dual Point Injection
DTC Diagnostic Trouble Code
EBD Electronic Brake Distribution

ECM Engine Control Module
'ECT Engine Coolant Temperature
EGR Exhaust Gas Recirculation
ELD Electrical Load Detector
EPR Evaporator Pressure Regulator
EPS Electrical Power Steering
EVAP Evaporative
EX Exhaust
1-4
MAP ManifQid Absolute Pressure T Torque
MAX. Maximum TB Throttle Body
MBS Mainshaft Brake System T/B Timing Belt
MCK Motor Check TC Torque Converter
MCU Moment Control Unit TCM Transmission Control Module
MIL Malfunction Indicator Light TCS Traction Control System
MIN. Minimum TDC Top Dead Center
MPI Multi Point Injection T/N Tool Number
M/S Manual Steering TP Throttle Position
MIT Manual Transmission TWC Three Way Catalytic Converter
N Neutral vc Viscous Coupling

NOx Oxides of Nitrogen VIN Vehicle Identification Number
vss Vehicle Speed Sensor
OBD On-board Diagnostic VTEC Variable Valve Timing & Valve Lift
02S Oxygen Sensor Electronic Control
ODorO.D. Outside Diameter WIS Variable Volume Intake System
p Park w With
PAIR Pulsed Secondary Air Injection W/0 Without
PCM Powertrain Control Module WOT Wide Open Throttle
PCV Positive Crankcase Ventilation
Proportioning Control Valve 2WD Two Wheel Drive
PGM-FI Programmed-fuel Injection 4WD Four Wheel Drive
r:'GM-IG Programmed Ignition 2WS Two Wheel Steering
PH Pressure High 4WS Four Wheel Steering
PL Pilot Light or Pressure Low 4AT 4-speed Automatic Transmission
PMR Pump Motor Relay 5MT 5-speed Manual Transmission
P/N Part Number [f) Park
PRI Primary 00 Reverse
P/S Power Steering [ffi Neutral
PSF Power Steering Fluid [Q!] Drive (1st through 4th gear)
PSP Power Steering Pressure [Q!J Drive (1st through 3rd gear)
PSW Pressure Switch rn Second
IIl First
Oty Quantity rnl Drive
00 Second
R Right [b] Low
REF Reference 1ST Low (gear)
RHO Right Handle Drive 2ND Second (gear)
RL Rear Left 3RD Third (gear)
RON Research Octane Number 4TH Fourth (gear)
RR Rear Right 5TH Fifth (gear)
SAE Society of Automotive Engineers

scs Service Check Signal
SEC Second
Secondary
SOHC Single Overhead Camshaft
SOL Solenoid
SPEC Specification
SIR Sun Roof
SRS Supplemental Restraint System
STD Standard
sw Switch
1-5
Special Tools
Individual toollists are located at the front of each section.
specs
Specifications
Standards and Service Limits .............. 3-2

Design Specifications ....................... .... 3-19
Body Specifications ............................... 3-24
Standards and Service Limits
r-- E ngme- s ectaon 5
20T2N engine
MEASUREMENT STANDARD (NEW)
Oil. pump Outer rotor to body clearance 0.05 - 0.10 (0.002- 0.0039)
Rotor lobe clearance 0.025-0.12 (0.0010- 0.00471
Outer rotor end float 0.03- 0.08 (0.001 - 0.003)
Relief valve spring free length 41.83 (1.6491
Camshaft Camshaft end-float 0.51 (0.020)
Camshaft bearing clearance 0.043- 0.094 (0.0017 - 0.0037)
Camshaft timing belt tensioner spring free length 65 (2.6)
Tappet Tappet outside diameter 34.959-34.975 (1.3763- 1.3770)
Cylinder head Cylinder head maximum warpage - 0.010 (0.00039)
Cylinder head bolt length 243.41 (9.5831)
Valve springs Free length 37.0 (1.46)
Valves Valve stem diameter IN 6.907-6.923 (0.2719- 0.2726)
EX 6.897-6.913 (0.2715- 0.2722)
Valve stem to guide clearance IN 0.056 (0.0022)
EX o.oss (O.oo2i:n 1
Valve face angle 45 - 4530' .
Valve head stand down IN 1.45 (0.0571)
EX 1.35 (0.0531)
Valve guides
Inside diameter after reaming 6.950- 6.963 (0.2736- 0.27 41)
Fitted length above cylinder head 61.1-61.7 (2.41- 2.43)
Valve seat inserts
Seat angle IN 60
EX 58-62
Insert diameter IN 35.697 (1.4054)
EX 31.05- 31.55 (1.222- 1.242)
3-2
Unit of length mm (in)
r- I" der Hea d/Vave
Cym I Tram-
. s ect1on 6
D14A6, D14Z3, D14Z4, D15Z8, D16W4 engines
MEASUREMENT STANDARD !NEW) I SERVICE LIMIT
Compression 250 rpm (min-') and Nominal 1,270 (13.0, 184)
wide open throttle Minimum 930 (9.5, 135)
kPa (kgf/cm 2, psi) Maximum variation 200 (2.0, 28)
Cylinder head Warpage -- 0.05 (0.002)
Height 92.95- 93.05 (3.659 - 3.663) --
Camshaft End play 0.05- 0.15 (0.002 - 0.006) 0.5 (0.02)
Camshaft-to-holder oil clearance 0.050- 0.089 (0.002 - 0.004) 0.15 (0.006)
Total runout 0.03 (0.001) max. 0.04 (0.002)
Cam lobe height
D15Z8 IN Primary 38.427 (1.5129) --
Secondary 32.292 (1.2713) --
EX 38.784 (1.5269) --
D16W3, D16W4 IN 35.018 (1.3787)* 1, 34.734 (1.3674)* 2 --
EX 37.904 (1.4923) --
D14A6,D14Z3, D14Z4 IN 34.274 (1.3494) --
EX 36.794 (1.4486) --
Valve Valve clearance IN 0.18-0.22 (0.007- 0.009) --
EX 0.23- 0.27 (0.009- 0.011) --
Valve stem O.D. IN 5.48-5.49 (0.2157- 0.2161) 5.45 (0.2146)
EX 5.45-5.46 (0.2146- 0.2150) 5.42 (0.2134)
Stem-to-guide clearance IN 0.02- 0.05 (0.001 - 0.002) 0.08 (0.003)
EX 0.05- 0.08 (0.002- 0.003) 0.11 (0.004)
Valve seat Width IN 0.85- 1.15 (0.033 - 0.045) 1.6 (0.062)
EX 1.25- 1.55 (0.049 - 0.061) 2.0 (0.079)
Stem installed height IN 53.17- 53.64 (2.093- 2.112) 53.89 (2. 122)
EX 53.17 - 53.64 (2.093- 2.112) 53.89 (2. 122)
Valve spring Free length D15Z8 IN 56.5 (2.22) --
EX 57.9 (2.28) --
D.14A6, D14Z3, D14Z4, D16W3, D16W4 IN and EX 58.7 (2.31) --
Valve guide I. D. IN 5.51 -5.53 (0.217- 0.218) 5.55 (0.219)
EX 5.51 - 5.53 (0.217- 0.218) 5.55 (0.219)
Installed height IN 17.85- 18.35 (0.703- 0.722) --
EX 18.65- 19.15 (0.734- 0.754) --
Rocker arm Arm-to-shaft clearance IN 0.017 - 0.050 (0.0007 - 0.0020) 0.08 (0.003)
EX 0.018-0.054 (0.0007- 0.0021) 0.08 (0.003)
*1: T1mrng belt s1de, *2: Distributor side
3-3
r-CYin I Tra1n (B18C4 engine - secf 1on 6
I" der Hea d/Vave
MEASUREMENT STANDARD (NEW) I SERVICE LIMIT
Compression 250 rpm \min-') and Nominal 1,520 (15.5, 220)
wide open throttle Minimum 930 (9.5, 140)
kPa (kgf/cm 2 , psi) Maximum variation 290 (3.0, 43)
Cylinder head Warpage -- 0.05 (0.002)
Height 141.95 - 142.05 (5.589 - 5.593) --
Camshaft End play 0.05 - 0.15 (0.002 - 0.006) 0.5 (0.02)
Camshaft-to-holder oil clearance 0.050- 0.089 (0.0020- 0.0035) 0.15 (0.006)
Total runout 0.015 (0.0006) max. 0.03 (0.001)
Cam lobe height IN Primary 33.411 (1.3154) --
Mid 36.377 (1.4322) --
Secondary 34.547 (1.3601) --
EX Primary .- 33.111 (1.3036) --
Mid 35.720 (1.4063) --
Secondary 34.381 (1.3536) --
Valve Valve clearance (Cold)* IN 0.15-0.19 (0.006- 0.007) --
EX 0.17- 0.21 (0.007- 0.008) --
Valve stem 0.0. IN 5.475-5.485 (0.2156- 0.2159) 5.445 (0.2144)
EX 5.450-5.460 (0.2146- 0.2150} 5.420 (0.2134}
Stem-to-guide clearance IN 0.025-0.055 (0.0010- 0.0022) 0.08 (0.003)
EX 0.050- 0.080 (0.0020- 0.0031) 0.11 (0.004)
Valve seat Width IN . 1.25-1.55 (0.049- 0.061) 2.0 (0.08)
EX 1.25-1.55 (0.049- 0.061) 2.0 (0.08}
Stem installed height IN 37.465-37.935 (1.4750- 1.4935} 38.185 (1.5033}
EX 37.165-37.635 (1.4632 -1.4817} 37.885 (1.4915)
Valve spring Free length (Reference} IN Outer 41.05 (1.616) 40.26 (1.585)
Inner NH 36.16 (1.424) 35.30 (1.390)
CH 36.19 (1.425) 35.30 (1.390)
EX NH 41.96 (1.652} 40.95 (1.612}
CH 41.94 (1.651) 40.95 (1.612)
Valve guide 1.0. IN 5.51-5.53 (0.217- 0.218) 5.55 (0.219)
EX 5.51 -5.53 (0.217- 0.218) 5.55 (0.219)
Installed height IN 12.55- 13.05 (0.494 - 0.514} --
EX 12.55- 13.05 (0.494- 0.514) --
Rocker arm Arm-to-shaft clearance IN 0.025-0.052 {0.0010- 0.0020) 0.08 {0.003)
EX 0.025-0.052 (0.0010- 0.0020} 0.08.(0.003)
*: Measured between the camshaft and rocker arm.
NH: NIHON HATSUJO manufacture valve spring
CH: CHUO HATSUJO manufacture valve spring
3-4
. Unit of-length: mm (in)
r- Engme Block - Section 7
D14A6, D14Z3, D14Z4, D15Z8, D16W3, D16W4 engines
MEASUREMENT STANDARD INEWI SERVICE liMIT
Cylinder block Warpage of. deck surface 0.07 (0.003) max: 0.10 (0.004)
Bore diameter 75.00- 75.02 (2.953- 2.954) 75.07 (2.956)
Bore taper 0.05 (0.002)
Reboring limit 0.5 {0.02)
Piston Skirt 0.0. At 5 mm (0.2 in) 74.980-74.990 (2.9520- 2.9524) 74.970 (2.9516)
from bottom of skirt
Clearance in cylinder 0.010-0.040 (0.0004- 0.0016) 0.05 (0.002)
Groove width (for ring)
Top D15Z8, D16W3, Dl6W4 1.020- 1.030 (0.0402 - 0.0406) 1.05 (0.041)
014A6,-D14Z3, D14Z4 1.220- 1.230 (0.0480- 0.0484) 1.25 (0.049)
Second D16W3 D16W4 1.220 - 1.230 (0.0480- 0.0484) 1.25 (0.049)
D14A6,014Z3,D14Z4 1.520- 1.530 (0:0598 - 0.0602) 1.55 (0.061)
Oil 2.805-2.820 (0.1104- 0.1110) 2.85 (0.112)
Piston ring Ring-to-groove clearance
Top D15Z8, D16W3, D16W4 0.035- 0.060 (0.0014- 0.0024) 0.13 (0.005)
D14A6,D14Z3,014Z4 0.030- 0.060 (0.0012- 0.0024)* 1 0.13 (0.005)
0.030-0.055 (0.0012- 0.0022)*2 0.13 (0.005)
Second D15Z8, D16W3, D16W4 0.030-0.055 {0.0012 -0.0022)* 1 0.13 (0.005)
0.035- 0.060 (0.0014- 0.0024)* 2 0.13 (0.005)
D14A6, D14Z3, D14Z4 0.030 - 0.055 (0.0012 - 0.0022) 0.13 (0.005)
Ring end gap Top 0.15 - 0.30 (0.006- 0.012) 0.60 (0.024)
Second 0.30-0.45 (0.012- 0.018) 0.70 (0.028)
Oil D15Z8, D16W3, 016W4 0.20-0.70 (0.008- 0.028)* 1 * 3 0.80 (0.031)
0.20- 0.50 (0.008- 0.020)* 2 0.70 (0.028)
D14A6,014Z3,D14Z4 0.20- 0.80 (0.008- 0.031) 0.90 (0.035)
Piston pin 0.0. 18.994- 19.000 {0.7478- 0.7480)
Pin-to-piston clearance 0.010- 0.022 (0.0004- 0.0009)
Connecting rod Pin-to-rod interference 0.014-0.040 (0.0006- 0.0016)
Small end bore diameter 18.96-18.98 (0.746- 0.747)
Large end bore diameter.
Nominal D16W3, D16W4 48.0 (1.89)
D15Z8 45.0 (1.77)
D14A6,014Z3,D14Z4 43.0 (1.69)
End play installed on crankshaft 0.15- 0.30 (0.006- 0.012) 0.40 (0.016)
Crankshaft Main journal diameter
016W3, D16W4 54.976- 55.000 {2. 1644- 2.1654)
D14A6,D14Z3,014Z4,015Z8 44.976-45.000 {1.7707- 1.7717)
Rod journal diameter
D16W3,.D16W4 44.976-45.000 (1.7707- 1.7717)
D15Z8 41.976- 42.000 (1.6526- 1.6535)
D14A6,D14Z3,014Z4 39.976- 40.000 ( 1.5739- 1.57 48)
Taper 0.0025 (0.00010) max. 0.005 (0.0002)
Out of round 0.0025 (0.00010) max. 0.005 (0.0002)
End play 0.10- 0.35 (0.004- 0.014) 0.45 (0.018)
Total runout 0.03 (0.001) max. 0.04 (0.002)
Bearing Main bearing-to-journal oil clearance
No. 1 and 5 journals 0.018-0.036 (0.0007- 0.0014) 0.05 (0.002)
No. 2, 3 and 4 journals 0.024- 0.042 (0.0009- 0.0017) 0.05 (0.002)
Rod bearing-to-journal oil clearance 0.020- 0.038 (0.0008- 0.0015) f 0.05 (0.002)
*1: RIKEN manufactured piston ring.
*2: TEIKOKU PISTON RING manufactured piston ring.
*3: ALLIED RING CORP manufactured piston ring.
3-5
Engme Bl ock (B18C4 eng me - s ect1on 7
MEASUREMENT STANDARD INEWI SERVICE LIMIT
Cylinder block Warpage of deck surface 0.05 (0.002) max. 0.08 (0.003)
Bore diameter 81.00-81.02 (3.189-3.190) 81.07 (3.192)
Bore taper -- 0.05 (0.002)
Reboring limit -- 0.25 (0.010)
Piston Skirt 0.0. at 15 mm (0.6 in) from bottom of skirt 80.98-80.99 (3.188- 3. 189) . 80.97 (3.188)
Clearance in cylinder 0.01-0.04 (0.0004- 0.0016) 0.05 (0.002)
Groove width (For ring) Top 1.030 - 1.040 (0.0406- 0.0409) 1.060 (0.0417)
Second 1.230- 1.240 (0.0484- 0.0488) 1.260 (0.0496)
Oil 2.805-2.820 (0. 1104-0.11 10) 2.840 (0. 11 18)
Piston ring Ring-to-piston groove clearance Top 0.045-0.070 (0.0018- 0.0028) 0.13 (0.005)
Second 0.040- 0.065 (0.0016- 0.0026) 0.13 (0.005)
Ring end gap Top 0.20- 0.35 (0.008- 0.01 4) 0.60 (0.024)
Second 0.40-0.55 (0.016- 0.022) 0.70 (0.028)
Oil 0.20- 0.50 (0.008- 0.020) 0.70 (0.028)
Piston Pin 0.0. 20.994-21.000 (0.8265- 0.8268) --
Pin-to-piston clearance 0.010-0.022 (0.0004- 0.0009) --
Connecting rod Pin-to-rod interference 0.017-0.036 (0.0007- 0.0014) --
Small end bore diameter 20.964- 20.997 (0.8254- 0.8267), --
Large end bore diameter Nominal 48.0 (1.89) --
End play installed on crankshaft 0.15-0.30 (0.006- 0.012) 0.40 (0.016)
Crankshaft Main journal diameter
No.1, 2, 4 and 5 journals 54.976- 2.1654) --
No. 3 journal 54.97 4- 54.998 (2. 1643- 2.1653) --
Rod journal diameter 44.976-45.000 (1.7707- 1.7717) --
Taper 0.005 (0.0002) max. --
Out-of round 0.004 (0.0002) max. 0.006 (0.0002)
End play 0.10-0.35 (0.004- 0.014) 0.45 (0.018)
Runout 0.02 (0.0008) max. 0.03 (0.0012) .
Bearing Main bearing-to-journal oil clearance
No. 1, 2, 4 and 5 journals 0.024- 0.042 (0.0009 0.0017) 0.050 (0.0020)
No.3 journal 0.030-0.048 (0.0012- 0.0019) . 0.060 (0.0024)
Rod bearing-to-journal oil clearance 0.032-0.050 (0.0013- 0.0020) 0.060 (0.0024)
,- Engme Lubrication- Section 8

Engine oil Capacity

MEASUREMENT
f (US qt, Imp qt)
STANDARD INEW)
4.0 (4.2, 3.5) for engine overhaul
l SERVICE LIMIT
3.3 (3.5, 2.9) for oil change, including filter

3.0 (3.2, 2.6) fcir oil change, without filter
Oil pump Inner-to-outer rotor radial clearance 0.02- 0.14 (0.001 - 0.006) 0.20 (0.008)
Pump body-to-outer rotor radial clearance 0.10- 0.18 (0.004- 0.007) 0.20 (0.008)
Pump body-to-rotor axial clearance 0.03-0.08 (0.001 .- 0.003) 0.15 (0.006)
Relief valve Pressure setting 80C (176F)
kPa (kgf/cm 2, psi) at idle 70 (0.7; 10) min.
at 3,000 min- 1 (rpm) 340 (3.5, 50) min.
- Engme Lb.
u ncat10n (B18C4 eng me - s ect1on 8
MEASUREMENT STANDARD !NEW)
I SERVICE LIMIT
Engine oil Capacity 4.6 (4.9, 4.0) for engine overhaul
f (US qt. Imp qt) 3.8 (4.0, 3.3) for oil change, including filter
3.5 (3.7, 3.1) for oil change, without filter
Oil pump Inner-to-outer rotor clearance 0.04-0.16 (0.002- 0.006) 0.20 (0.008)
Pump housing-to-outer rotor clearance 0.10-0.19 (0.004- 0.007) 0.20 (0.008)
Pump housing-to-rotor axial clearance 0.02- O.D7 (0.001 - 0.003) 0.15 (0.006)
Relief valve Pressure setting at engine oil temp. 80C (176F)
kPa (kgf/cm 2, psi) At idle 70 (0.7, 10) min.
At 3,000 rpm (min-') 340 (3.5, 50) min.
3-6
Unit of length: mm (in)
r- coo rmg- s ect1on 10
Radiator Coolant capacity (US qt, Imp qt) B18C4 engine 5.0 (5.3, 4.4) for overhaul
including engine, heater, cooling line and 4.5 (4.8, 3.9) for coolant change
reservoir
Reservoir capacity:
0.4 (0.42 US qt, 0.35 Imp qt)
D14A6, 01423, 01424, 01528, D16W3, D16W4 MT: 4.5 (4.8, 3.9) for overhaul
engines . 3.6 (3.8, 3.2) for coolant change
AT: 4.4 (4.7, 3.9) for overhaul
3.5 (3.7. 3.1) for coolant change .
Radiator cap Opening pressure kPa (kgf/cm 2, psi)
Gasoline engine 93-123 (0.95- 1.25, 14 -18)
Diesel engine 88 (0.9, 13)
Thermostat Start to open oc (oF) 76-80 (169-176)
Fully open oc (oF) Gasoline engine 90 (194)
Diesel engine 82 5 ( 180 41)
Valve lift at fully open 8.0 (0.31) min.
Cooling fan Gasoline engine
Therinoswitch "ON" temperature oc (oF) 91-95 (196- 203)
Thermoswitch "OFF" temperature oc (oF) Subtract 3-8 (5- 15) from actual "ON" temperature
20T2R engine without A/C
Cooling fan ON temperature oc (oF) 104 (219)
Cooling fan OFF temperature oc (oF) 94 (201)
20T2R engine with A/C
Cooling fan SLOW ON temperature oc (oF) 98 (208)
. Cooling fan SLOW OFF temperature oc (oF) 94 (201)
Cooling fah FAST ON temperature oc (oF) 112 (234)
Cooling fan FAST OFF temperature oC (oF) 104 (219)
Fuel and Emissions - s ect1on 11

Pressure regulator Pressure with regulator vacuum hose disconnected
kPa (kgf/cm 2 , psi)
D14A6, D14Z3, D14Z4, D15Z8, D16W3, D16W4 engines 240- 280 (2.45- 2.85, 34.8- 40.5)
818C4 engine 320- 370 (3.3- 3.8, 47- 54)
Fuel tank Capacity (US gal, Imp gal) 55 (14.5, 12.1)
Engine Idle speed with headlights and cooling fan off MIT: Neutral A/T: [ID position
. min- (rpm)
D14A6, D14Z3, D14Z4, 01528, D16W3, D16W4 engines 750 50 750 50
818C4 engine 800 50 --
Idle CO % With CATA0.1 max. '
WithoutCATA 1.0 1.0
r- Cl utc h - s ect1on 12
MEASUREMENT STANDARD (NEW) SERVICE LIMIT
Clutch pedal Pedal height to floor 161 (6.34) --
Stroke 130-140 (5.12- 5.51) --
Total free play 12-21 (0.047- 0.83) --
Pedal play 1.0-10.0 (0.04- 0.37) --
Disengagement height to floor LHD 81 (3.19) min. --
RHO 79 (3.11) min. --
Flywheel Clutch surface runout 0.05 (0.002) max. 0.15 (0.006)
Clutch disc Rivet depth All except B18C4 engine 1.3 (0.051) min. 0.2 (0.008)
B18C4 engine 1.2- 1.7 (0.047- 0.067) 0.2 (0.008)
Thickness All except B18C4 engine 7.7-8.2 (0.30- 0.32) 6.0 (0.24)
B18C4 engine 8.4- 9.1 (0.33 - 0.36) 6.0 (0.24)
Pressure plate Warpage 0.03 (0.001) max. 0.15 (0.006)
Diaphragm spring finger alignment 0.6 (0.02) max. 0.8 (0.03)
3-7
r Engme)M anua ITransm1sson -
- 9A(G asome s ect"1on 13
I SERVICE LIMIT
Transmission oil Capacity f (US qt, Imp qt) 1.9 (2.0, 1.7) for overhaul
1.8 (1.9, 1.6) for oil change
Mainshaft End play 0.11 - 0.18 (0.004- 0.007) Adjust
Diameter of ball bearing contact area 21.987-22.000 (0:8656- 0.8661) 21.930 (0.8634)
(Transmission housing side)
Diameter of 4th, 5th gear contact area 26.980- 26.993 ( 1.0622- 1.0627) 26.930 (1.0602)
Diameter of 3rd gear contact area 33.984- 34.000 ( 1.3380- 1.3386) 33.930 (1.3358)
Diameter of ball bearing contact area 25.977 - 25.990 ( 1.0227 - 1.0232) 25.920 (1.0205)
(Clutch housing side)
Runout O.Q2 (0.001) max. 0.05 (0.002)
Mainshaft 3rd and I. D. 39.009 - 39.025 ( 1.5358 - 1.5364) 39.07 (1.538)
4th gears End play 3rd 0.06- 0.21 (0.002- 0.008) 0.33 (0.013)
4th 0.07 - 0.20 (0.003 - 0.008) 0.31 (0.012)
Thickness 3rd 30.22-30.27 (1.190- 1.192) 30.15 (1.187)
4th 30.11-30.16 (1.185- 1.187) 30.05 (1.183)
Mainshaft .5th I. D. 37.009-37.025 (1.4570- 1.4577) 37.07 (1.459)
gear End play 0.06- 0.19 (0.002- 0.007) 0.31 (0.012)
Thickness 28.42-28.47 (1.119 -1.121) 28.35 (1.116)
Countershaft Diameter of needle bearing contact area 30.000-30.015 (1.1811-1.1817) 29.950 (1.1791)
Diameter of 1st gear contact area 35.984-36:000 (1.4167- 1.4173) 35.930 ( 1.4146)
Diameter of ball bearing contact area 24.980- 24.993 (0.9835 - 0.9840) 24.930 (0.9815)
Run out 0.02 (0.001) max. 0.05 (0.002)
Countershaft 1st I. D. 41.009- 41.025 (1.6145- 1.6152) 41.07 (1.617)
gear End play (When tightened by the specified torque) 0.03- 0.10 (0.001 - 0.004) -0.22 (0.009)
Thickness 30.41-30.44 (1.197 -1.198) 30.36 (1.195)
Countershaft 2nd I. D. 44.009- 44.025 (1.7326- 1.7333) 44.07 (1.735)
gear End play (When tightened by the specified torque) 0.04 - 0.12 (0.002 - 0.005) 0.23 (0.009)
Thickness 31.91-31.96 (1.256-1.258) 31.85 (1.254')
Spacer collar I. D. 33.000-33.010 (1.2992 -1.2996) 33.05 (1.301)
(Countershaft 2nd O.D. 38.989-39.000 (1.5350- 1.5354) 38.93 (1.533)
gear) Length .32.03-32.06 (1.261- 1.262) 32.01 (1.260)
Spacer collar I. D. 27.002-27.012 (1.0631 -1.0635) 27.06 ( 1.065)
(Mainshaft 4th O.D. 4th 33.989-34.000 (1.3381 - 1.3386) 33.93 (1.336)
and 5th gear) 5th 31.989- 32.000 (1.2592- 1.2598) 31.93 (1.257)
Length 4th 22.83- 22.86 (0.899- 0.900) 22.81 (0.898)
5th 23.53- 23.56 (0.926- 0.928) 23.51 (0.926)
Reverse idler gear I. D. 15.016- 15.043 (0.5912- 0.5922) 15.08 (0.594)
Gear-to-reverse gear shaft clearance 0.032-0.077 (0.0013- 0.0030) 0.14 (0.006)
Synchro ring Ring-to-gear clearance (Ring pushed against gear) 0. 73 - 1.18 (0.029- 0.046) 0.4 (0.02)
Shift fork Fork finger thickness 3rd/4th 7.4-7.6 (0.291- 0.299) --
1st/2nd, 5th 6.2- 6.4 (0.244- 0.252) --
Fork-to-synchro sleeve clearance 0.35- 0.65 (0.014- 0.626) 0.8 (0.032)
Reverse shift fork Fork pawl groove width 12.7-13.0 (0.50- 0.51) --
Fork-to-reverse idler gear clearance 0.5- 1.1 (0.020- 0.043) 1.8 (0.071)
Groove width 7.05-7.25 (0.278- 0.285) --
Fork-to-5th/reverse shift piece pin clearance 0.05-0.35 (0.002- 0.014) 0.5 (0.02)
Shift arm A Inner diameter of shift arm C contact point 13.05- 13.13 (0.514- 0.517) --
Shift arm arm C clearance 0.05- 0.23 (0.002- 0.009) 0.35 (0.014)
Shift arm B Inner diameter of shift arm B shaft contact point 13.973- 14.000 (0.5501 - 0.5512) --
Shift arm B-to-shaft clearance 0.013- 0.070 (0.0005- 0.0028) 0.16 (0.006)
Shift arm B-to-shift piece clearance 0.2- 0.5 (0.008- 0.020) 0.62 (0.0244)
Diameter of shift piece contact point 12.9-13.0 (0.508- 0.512) 12.78 (0.5031)
3-8
.-- S91B Manua ITransrniSSion- Se cfIOn 13
"
MEASUREMENT STANDARD (NEW) I SERVICE LIMIT
Transmission oil Capacity (US qt, Imp qt) 2.3 (2.4, 2.0) for overhaul
2.2 (2.3, 1.9) for oil change
Mainshaft End play 0.11 - 0.18 (0.004- 0.007) Adjust
Diameter of ball bearing contact area A 27.977-27.990 (1.1015- 1.1020) 2'7.930 (1.0996)
(Clutch housing side)
Diameter of 3rd gear contact area B 37.984-38.000 (1.4954- 1.4960) 37.930 (1.4933)
Diameter of ball bearing contact area C 27.987-28.000 (1.1018-1.1024) 27.940 (1 '1000)
(Transmission hol(sing side)
Runout 0.02 (0.001) max. '' 0.05(0.002)
Mainshaft 3rd and I. D. 43.009- 43.025 (1.6933- 1.6939) 43.08 (1.696)
4th gears End play 0.06- 0.21 (0.002- 0.008) 0.3 (0.01)
Thickness 3rd 34.92-34.97 (1.375- 1.377) . 34.3 (1.350)
4th 31.42-31.47 (1.237 -1.239) 31.3 (1.232)
Mainshaft 5th gear J.D. 43.009-43.025 (1.6933- 1.6939). 43.08 (1.696)
End play 0.06-0.21 (0.002- 0.008) 0.3 (0.01)
Thickness 31.42 -31.47 (1.237 -1.239) 31.3 (1.232)
Counters haft Diameter of ball bearir]g contact area A 24.980- 24.993 (0.9835- 0.9840) 24.940 (0.9818)
Diameter of 1st gear contact area B 36.984-37.000 (1.4561- 1.45671 36.930 (1.4539)
Diameter of needle bearing contact area C 33.000-33.015 (1.2992 -1.2998) 32.950 (1.2970)
Runout 0.02 (0.0008) max. 0.05 (0.002)
Countershaft 1st I. D. 42.009 - 42.025 ( 1.6539 - 1.6545) 42.07 (1.656)
gear End play (When tightened by the specified torque) 0.045-0.205 (0.0018- 0.0081) 0.25 (0.01)
Thickness 31.45-31.50 (1.238 -1.240) --
Countershaft 2nd I. D. 47.009-47.025 (1.8507 -1.8514) 47.07 (1.853)
gear End play (When tightened by the specified torque) 0.07- 0.14 (0.0027- 0.0055) 0.24 (0.009)
Thickness 28.92-28.97 (1.1386- 1.1405) 28.8 (1.134)
Spacer collar I. D. 36.48- 36.49 ( 1.4362 - 1.4366) 36.54 ( 1.439)
(Countershaft 2nd O.D. 41.989-42.000 (1.6531-1.6535) 41.93 (1.651)
gear) Length 29.07-29.09 (1.1444- 1.1453) --
Spacer collar I. D. 31.002- 31.012 (1.2205- 1.2209) 31.06 (1.223)
(Mainshaft 4th and O.D. 37.989-38.000 (1 .4956- 1.4961) 36.94 (1.454)
5th gear) Length 56.45- 56.55 (2.2224- 2.2264) --
4th/5th gear side 26.03-26.08 (1.025 -1.027) --
Reverse idler gear I. D. . 20.028- 20.049 (0.7885- 0.7893) 20.09 (0.7909)
Gear-to-reverse gear shaft clearance 0.028- 0.062 (0.0011 - 0.0024) 0.16 (0.006)
Synchro ring Ring-to-gear clearance (Ring pushed against gear) 0.73 - 1.18 (0.029 - 0.046) 0.4 (0.016)
Double cone Clearance (Ring pushed against gear)
Outer synchro ring-to-gear 0.95- 1.68 (0.037 - 0.066) 0.6 (0.024)
Inner synchro ring-to-gear 0.5- 1.0 (0.02 - 0.04) 0.3 (0.01)
Outer synchro ring-to-synchro cone 0.5- 1.0 (0.02 - 0.04) 0.3 (0.01)
Shift fork Fork finger thickness 7.4-7.6 (0.291- 0.299) --
Fork-to-synchro sleeve clearance 0.35- 0.65 (0.015- 0.026) 1.0 (0.04)
Reverse sh itt fork Fork pawl groove width 13.0- 13.3 (0.512- 0.524) --
Fork-to-reverse idler gear clearance 0.5- 1.1 (0.02- 0.04) 1.8 (0.07)
L-groove width At 5th gear side 7.4-7.7 (0.29- 0.30) --
At reverse side 7.05-7.25 (0.278- 0.285) --
Fork-to-5th/reverse shift piece pin clearance
At 5th gear side 0.4- 0.9 (0.02- 0.04) --
At reverse side 0.05-0.45 (0.002- 0.018) --
Shift piece Shift piece-to-shift arm clearance 0.1 -0.3 (0.004- 0.012) 0.6 (0.02)
Groove width of shift arm contact area 8.1 -8.2 (0.319- 0.323) --
Shift-piece-to-shift fork shaft clearance 0.2 - 0.5 (0.008- 0.020) 0.8 (0.03)
Width of shift fork contact area 11.9 - 12.0 (0.469- 0.472) --
Select arm Select arm-to-interlock clearance 0.05- 0.25 (0.002- O.Ql l 0.45 (0.018)
Select arm-to-shim clearance O.Ql - 0.2 (0.0004- 0.008) --
Interlock Width of select arm contact area 9.9- 10.0 (0.390- 0.394) --
Change piece Change piece-to-shift arm holder clearance 0.05-0.35 (0.002- 0.014) 0.8 (0.03)
Groove width of shift arm holder contact area 12.05- 12.15 (0.474- 0.478) --
Change piece-to-select arm clearance 0.05 - 0.35 (0.002 - 0.014) 0.5 (0.02)
Groove width of select arm contact area 12.05-12.15 (0.474-0.478) --
3-9
.....- 9A (Diesel Engine} Manual TransmiSSion- Section 13 - - - - - - - - - - ' - - - - - - - - - -
Transmission 1st gear to thrust washer clearance 0.03- 0.08 (0.001 - 0.003) 0.18 (0.007)
lnpust shaft end thrust .. 0.14- 0.21 (0.006- 0.008)
Planet gear backlash 0.05- 0.15 (0.002 - 0.006)
Differential bearing to circlip cl.earance 0.15 (0.006) Max.
Reverse idler gear to selector for clearance 0.5 - 1.1 (0.02 - 0.04)
Selector fork prong width 13.0- 13.3 (0.51- 0.52)
Selector fork groove to pin clearance 0.05-0.35 (0.002- 0.01) 0.5 (0.02)
Selector fork groove width 7.05-7.25 (0.278- 0.285)
Gearshift arm to guide clearance 0.2-0.3 (0.008- 0.012) 0.55 (0.022)
Interlock shift guide groove width 8.1-8.2 (0.319- 0.323)
Synchro ring to gear clearance 0.85- 1.1 (0.03- 0.04) 0.4 (0.02)
Selector shaft forks in synchro sleeve grooves clear-
ance 0.45 - 0.65 (0.02 - 0.03) 1.0 (0.04)
Gearshift arm guide to selector fork clearance 0.2- 0.5 (0.01 - 0.02) 0.8 (0.03)
Gearshift arm guide tongue width 11.9- 12.0 (0.469- 0.472)
Gearshift arm guide to interlock assembly clearance 0.05- 0.35 (0.002- O.Q1) 0.6 (0.02)
Gearshift arm guide groove width 13.05-13.25 (0.514- 0.522)
Interlock ball to gearshift arm guide clearance 0.05-0.25 (0.002- 0.01) 0.5 (0.02)
Interlock ball outside diameter 12.05- 12.15 (0.474- 0.478)
2nd to 3rd gear clearance 0.06- 0.21 (0.002- 0.01) 0.3 (0.01)
3rd gear thickness 35.42 - 35.47 ( 1.394- 1.396) 35.30 (1.390)
4th to 5th gear clearance 0.06- 0.21 (0.002- 0.01) 0.3 (0.01)
Spacer collar length 26.03- 26.08 ( 1.023 - 1.027) 26.01 (1.024)
4th gear thickness 30.92-30.97 (1.217 -1.219) 30.80 (1.213)
5th gear thickness 30.42-30.47 (1.198- 1.200) 30.30 (1.193)
3-10
r- A ut omat"1c T ransmss1on - s ect"1on 14 Unit of length: mm (in)
MEASUREMENT STANDARD '(NEW! I SERVICE LIMIT

Transmission Capacity f (US qt, Imp qt) 5.9 (6.2, 5.2) for overhaul
fluiC! 2.7 (2.8, 2.4) for fluid change
Hydraulic Line pressure at 2,000 rpm (min-') ffil position 830-880 (8.5- 9.0, 120 :.._ 130) 780 (8.0, 11 0)
pressure 2nd clutch pressure at 2,000 rpm position 370- 420 (3.8.:. 4.3, 54- 61) 360 (3.7, 53)
kPa (kgf/cm 2 , psi) th rattle fully closed throttle fully closed
D16W3, D16W4
engines 3rd clutch pressure at 2,000 rpm (min- 1 ) position I I
830-880 (8.5- 9.0, 120- 130) 780 (8.0, 110)
throttle more than 2/8 opened throttle more than 2/8
4th clutch pressure at 2,000 rpm (min-') position
opened
2nd clutch pressure -at 2,000 rpm (min- 1) []] position 830-880 (8.5- 9.0, 120- 130) 780 (8.0, 11 0)
1st clutch pressure at 2,000 rpm (min- ) or [I]
1
position
1st -hold clutch pressure at 2,000 rpm (min-') [I]
position
Governor pressure at 60 km/h (38 mph) 173- 192 (1.7S- 1.9S, 25.0- 27.9) 1S8(1.71, 24)
Throttle B pressure Throttle fully closed 0- 15 10- 0.15, 0- 2.1) --
at 2,000 rpm (min- 1) Throttle fully opened 830-880 (8.5- 9.0, 120- 130) 780 (8.0, 110)
Throttle A pressure Throttle fully closed 0- 5(0-0.05, 0-0.7) --
at 2,000 rpm (min- 1) Throttle fully opened 525 - 540 (5.35- 5.5, 7S- 78) 520 (5.3, 75)
Hydraulic Line pressure at 2,000 rpm (min-') [EJ position 780-830 (8.0- 8.5, 110- 120) 740 (7.5, 110)
pressure 2nd clutch pressure at 2,000 rpm position 370- 420 (3.8- 4.3, 54- 61) 3SO (3.7, 53)
kPa (kgf/cm 2 , psi). throttle fully closed throttle fully closed
D14Z3, D14Z4
3rd clutch pressure at 2,000 rpm (min- 1) position I I
engines 780-830 (8.0- 8.5, 110- 120) 740 (7.5, 110)
throttle more than 2/8 opened throttle more than 2/8
4th clutch pressure at 2,000 rpm (min-') [Q!] position opened
2nd clutch pressure at 2,000 rpm (min- 1) []] position 780-830 (8.0- 8.5, 110- 120) 740 (7.5, 110)
1st clutch pressure at 2,000 rpm (min- 1) [Q!] or [I]
position
1st -hold clutch pressure at 2,000 rpm (min- 1) m
position
Governor pressure at SO km/h (38 mph) 173- 192 (1.7S -1.9S, 25.0- 27.9) 1S8 (1.71, 24)
Throttle B pressure Throttle fully closed 0-15 (0-0.15, 0-2.1) --
at 2,000 rpm (min-') Throttle fully opened 780-830 (8.0- 8.5, 110 -120) 740 (7.5, 110)
Throttle A pressure Throttle fully closed 0- 5 10- 0.05, 0- 0.7) --
at 2,000 rpm (min-') Throttle fully opened 525- 540 (5.35,- 5.5, 76- 78) 520 (5.3, 75)
Stall speed rpm (min- 1) (check with vehicle on D16W3, D1SW4 engines 2,800 2,S50 - 2,950
level ground) D14Z3, D14Z4 engines 2,550 2,400-2,700
Clutch Clutch initial clearance 1st. 2nd 0.65 - 0.85 10.026- 0.033) --
3rd, 4th 0.40- o.so (0.016- 0.024) --
. 1st-hold 0.5- 0.8 (0.02 - 0.03) --
Clutch return spring free length 1st 31.1(1.22) 29.1(1.15)
2nd, 3rd, 4th 30.5(1.20) 28.5(1.12)
1st-hold 34.6(1.36) 32.6 (1.28)
Clutch disc thickness 1.88- 2.00 (0.07 4 - 0.079) Until grooves wear out
Clutch plate thickness 1st. 1st-hold 1.55 - 1.65 (0.061 - 0.065) Discoloration
2nd, 3rd, 4th 1.95 - 2.05 (0.077 - 0.081) Discoloration
Clutch end plate thickness MARK 1 2.3 - 2.4 (0.091 - 0.094) Discoloration
(except 1st-hold) MARK2 2.4- 2.5 (0.094- 0.098)
MARK3 2.5- 2.6 (0.098- 0.1 02)
MARK4 2.6-2.7 10.102- 0.106)
MARKS 2.7-2.8 (0.10S- 0.110)
MARKS 2.8- 2.9 (0.11 0- 0.114)
MARK7 .2.9 - 3.0 (0.114- 0.118)
MARKS 3.0 - 3.1 (0.118- 0.122)
MARK9 3.1-3.2(0.122-0.126)
MARK 10 3.2-3.3 (0.126- 0.130)
MARK 11 2.0 - 2.1 (0.079 - 0.083)
MARK 12 2.1 - 2.2 (0.083- 0.087)
MARK 13 2.2- 2.3 (0.087- 0.091) Discoloration
Clutch end plate thickness MARK 1 2.05-2.10 (0.081 - 0.083) Discoloration
I
(1st-hold! MARK2 2.15-2.20 (0.085- 0.087)
MARK3 2.25- 2.30 (0.089- 0.091)
MARK4 2.35 - 2.40 (0.093- 0.094)
NO MARK 2.45- 2.50 (0.096- 0.098)
MARKS 2.55- 2.SO (0.100- 0.102)
MARK7 2.65-2.70 (0.104- 0.10SI Discoloration
(cont'd)
3-1.1
- Automatic Transm1ss1on cont'd)- Section 14
Transmission Diameter of needle bearing contact area
On mainshaft stator shaft bearing 23.980-23.993 (0.9441 - 0.9446) Wear or damage
On mainshaft 2nd gear 35.975-35.991 (1.4163-1.4169)
On mainshaft 4th gear collar 31.975-31.991 (1.2589 -1.2595)
On mainshaft 1st gear collar 30.975- 30.991 ( 1.2195 - 1.2201)
On countershaft (l. side) 36.004-36.017 (1.4175 -1.4180)
On countershaft 3rd gear collar. 35.980-35.996 {1.4'165- 1.4172)
On countershaft 4th gear 27.980-27.993 (1.10i6- 1.1021)
On countershaft reverse gear collar 31.975-31.991 (1.2589 -1.2595)
On countershaft 1st gear collar 31.975-31.991 (1.2589-1.2595)
On sub-shaft (l. side) 25.991 - 26.000 { 1.0233 - 1.0236)
On sub-shaft 4th gear collar 27.980- 27.993 (1.1016- 1.1021)
On reverse idler gear shaft 13.990 - 14.000 (0.5508- 0.5512)
Inside diameter of needle bearing contact area
On mainshaft 1st gear 35.000- 35.016 ( 1.3780 - 1.3786) '
On mainshaft 2nd gear 41.000-41.016 (1.6142 -1.6148)
On mainshaft 4th gear 38.000-38.016 (1.4961 -1.4967)
On countershaft 1st gear 38.000-38.016 (1.4961 - 1.4967)
On countershaft 3rd gear 41.000-41.016 (1.6142 -1.6148)
On countershaft 4th gear 33.000 - 33.016 ( 1.2992 - 1.2998)
On countershaft reverse gear 38.000-38.016 (1.4961 -1.4967)
On sub-shaft 4th gear 32.000-32.016 (1.2598 -1.2605)
On reverse gear 18.007- 18.020 (0.7089- 0.7094)
On stator shaft (R. side) 29.000- 29.013 (1.1417- 1. 1'422)
On stator shaft (stator side) 27.000-27.021 (1.0630- 1.0638)
On reverse idler gear shaft holder 14.416- 14.434 (0.5676- 0.5683) Wear or damage
End play
Mainshaft 1st gear 0.05 ...: 0.16 (0.002- 0.006)
Mainshaft 2nd gear 0.05 - 0.13 (0.002 - 0.0051)
Mainshaft 4th gear 0.05- 0.16 (0.002 - 0.006)
Cou ntershaft 1st gear 0.1 - 0.5 (0.004,.. 0.020)
Countershaft 3rd gear 0.05- 0.17 (0.002 - 0.0067)
Countershaft 4th gear 0.10-0.18 (0.004- 0.0071)
Sub-shaft 4th gear 0.05-0.17 {0.002- 0.007)
Reverse idler gear 0.05-0.18 (0.002- 0.007)
Countershaft reverse gear 0.10-0.25 (0.004- 0.010)
Selector hub 0.0. 51.87-51.90 (2.042- 2.043) Wear or damage
Mainshaft 4th gear collar length 49.50-49.55 (1.949 -1.951)
Mainshaft 1st gear collar length 27.00-27.05 (1.063- 1.065)
Countershaft distance collar length 38.97- 39.00 ( 1.534- 1.535)
(28mm) 39.02-39.05 (1.536- 1.537)
39.07-39.10 (1.538-1.539)
39.12-39.15 (1.540- 1.541)
39.17-39.20 (1.542 -1.543)
. 39.22-39.25 (1.544- 1.545)
39.27-39.30. {1.546 -1.547)
38.87 - 38.90 ( 1.530- 1.531)
38.92 - 38.95 ( 1.532 - 1.533)
Countershaft reverse gear collar length 14.5- 14.6 (0.571 0.575)
Countershaft reverse gear collar flange thickness 2.4-2.6 (0.094- 0.102) Wear or damage
Countershaft 1st gear collar length 14.5-14.6 (0.571- 0.575)
Countershaft 1st gear collar flange thickness 2.4- 2.6 (0.094- 0.1 02) Wear or damage
Countershaft 3rd gear collar 20.65-20.70 (0.813- 0.815)
Sub-shaft 4th gear collar length 24.0- 24.1 (0.945- 0.949) Wear or damage
Sub-shaft 4th gear collar flange thickness 2.95-3.10 (0.116- 0.122) Wear or damage
3-12
;-- A ut oma t"1c TransmiSSIOn - 5 e ct"100 14
Transmission Mainshaft 2nd gear thrust washer thickness 3.97-4.00 (0.156- 0.157) Wear or damage
(cont'd) 4.02 - 4.05 (0.158- 0.159)
4.07-4.10 (0.160- 0.161)
4.12-4.15 (0.162- 0.163)
4.17- 4.20 (0.164- 0.165)
4.22 - 4.25 (0.166- 0.167)
4.27 - 4.30 (0.168- 0.169)
o:
4.32- 4.35 (0.170- 171)
4.37 - 4.40 (0.172 - 0.173)
4.42- 4.45 (0.174- 0.175) Wear or damage
Mainshaft ball bearing L. side thrust washer thickness 2.95-3.05 (0.116- 0.120) Wear or damage
l
Mainshaft 1st gear R. side thrust washer thickness 2.43- 2.50 (0.096- 0.098)
Counters haft 3rd gear splined washer thickness 4.95- 5.00 (0.195- 0.197)
Sub-shaft 4th gear thrust washer thickness 2.93 - 3.00 (0.115 - 0.118)
One-way clutch contact area
Countershaft 1st gear J.D. 83.339-83.365 (3.2810- 3.2821)
Parking gear O.D. 66.685- !)6.698 (2.6254- 2.6259) . Wear or damage
Mainshaft feed pipe A, O.D. (at 15 mm from end) 8.97- 8.98 (0.353- 0.354) 8.95 (0.352)
Mainshaft feed pipe B, O.D. (at 30 mm from end) 5.97- 5.98 (0.2350- 0.2354) 5.95 (0.234)
Countershaft feed pipe O.D. (at 15 mm from end) 7.97-7.98 (0.3138- 0.3142) 7.95 (0.313)
Sub-shaft feed pipe O.D. (at 15 mm from end) 7.97-7.98 (0.3138- 0.3142) 7.95 (0.313)
Mainshaft sealing ring thickness 1.87 - 1.97 (0.07 4- 0.078) 1.82 (0.072)
(29 mm and 35 mm)
Mainshaft bushing I. D. 6.018-6.030 (0.2369- 0.2374) 6.045 (0.2380)
Mainshaft bushing I.D_. 9.000- 9.015 (0.3543- 0.3549) 9.030 (0.355)
Countershaft bushing I. D. 8.000-8.022 (0.3150- 0.3158) 8.030 (0.3161)
Sub-shaft bushing J.D. 8.000-8.015 (0.3150- 0.3156) 8.030 (0.3161)
Mainshaft sealing ring groove width 2.025- 2.075 (0.080- 0.082) 2.095 (0.0825)
Regulator valve Sealing ring contact J.D. 35.000-35.025 (1.3780- 1.3782) 35.050 (1.3799)
body
Shifting device Reverse shift fork finger thickness 5.90- 6.00 (0.232- 0.236) 5.40 (0.213)
and parking brake Parking brake ratchet pawl -- (Wear or other
control Parking brake gear -- defect
Throttle cam stopper height 27.0-27.1 (1.063- 1.067) --
Servo body Shift fork shaft bore J.D. 14.000- 14.010 (0.5512- 0.5516) --
Shift fork shaft valve bore I. D. 37.000- 37.039 ( 1.4567 - 1.4582) 37.045 (1.4585)
Oil pump Oil pump gear side clearance Drive 0.03- 0.05 (0.001 - 0.002) 0.07 (0.003)
Driven 0.03 - 0.05 (0.001 - 0.002) O.D7 (0.003)
Oil pump gear-to-body clearance Drive 0.210-0.265 (0.0083- 0.0104) --
Driven 0.070 - 0.125 (0.0028- 0.0049) --
Oil pump driven gear J.D. 14.016-14.034 (0.5518- 0.5525) Wear or damage
Oil pump driven gear shaft O.D. 13.980-13.990 (0.5504- 0.5508) Wear or damage.
(cont'd)
3-13
Standards and Service limits
- Automatic Transmission (cont'd)- s ect1on 14
STANDARD (NEW)
MEASUREMENT
WireDia. 0.0. Free Length No. of Coils
Springs Regulator valve spring A
01682 engine 1.8 (0.07) 14.7 (0.58) 87.8 (3.46) 16.5
D14A6, D14A8 engines 1.8 (0.07) 14.7 (0.58) 85.4 (3.36) 16.5
Regulator valve spring B 1.8 (0.07) *6.0 (0.24) 44.0 (1.73) 7.5
Stator reaction spring 4.5 (0.18) *26.4 (1.04) 30.3 (1.19) 1.92
Torque converter check valve spring 1.0 (0.04) 8.4 (0.33) 33.8 (1.33) 8.2
Modulator valve spring 1.2 (0.047) *7 .o (0.276) 27.6 (1.087) 7.7
Relief valve spring 1.1 (0.04) 8.6 (0.34) 37.1 (1.46) 13.4
Cooler check valve spring 1.0 (0.04) 8.4 (0.33) 33.8 (1.33) 8.2
Governor spring A 1.0 (0.04) 18.8 (0.74) 32.9 (1.30) 4.1
Governor spring B 0.9 (0.04) 11.8 (0.47) 27.8 (1.09) 6.0
0.9 (0.04) 11.8 (0.47) 29.1 (1.15) 6.0
2- 3 orifice control valve spring 0.9 (0.04) 6.6 {0.26) 33.2 {1.31) 14.9
4- 3 kick down valve spring 1.0 (0.04) 6.6 (0.26) 29.9 {1.18) 14.7
2/3 4 orifice control valve spring 1.0 {0.04) 8.6 (0.34) 51.9 {2.04) 19.8
2nd ON orifice control valve spring 0.9 (0.04) 8.0 (0.31) 24.1 (0.95) 9.6
Throttle valve A spring 1.0 (0.04) 8.5 (0.33) 22.2(0.87) 6.0
1.0 (0.04) 8.5 (0.33) 22.1 (0.87) 5.5
1.1 (0.04) 8.5 (0.33) 22.3 (0.87) 8.1
1.1 (0.04) 8.5 (0.33) 22.3 (0.87) 7.6
Throttle valve B adjusting spring 0.8 (0.03) "6.2 (0.24) 30 (1.18) 8
Throttle valve A adjusting spring 0.8 (0.03) 6.2 (0.24) 27 (1.06) 8.5
Throttle valve B spring 1.4 (0.06) 8.5 (0.33) 41.5 (1.63) 10.5
1.4 (0.06) 8.5 (0.33) 41.5 (1.63) 11.2
1.4 (0.06) 8.5 (0.33) 41.6 (1.64) 12.4
1 - 2 shift valve spring 0.45 (0.018) 5.1 (0.20) 52.8 (2.08) 29
1 - 2 shift valve ball spring 0.45 (0.018) 4.5 (0.18) 10.7 (0.42) 12.7
2- 3 shift valve spring 0.9 (0.04) 7.1 (0.28) 65.3 (2.57) 32.1
2-3 shift valve ball spring 0.45 (0.018) 4.5(0.18) 13.3 (0.52) 8.0
3- 4 shift valve spring 0.9 (0.04) 9.6 (0.38) 32.5 (1.28) 10 . 3
3-4 shift valve ball spring 0.5 (0.02) 4.5 (0.18) 11.3 (0.44) 7.4
1st-hold accumulator spring 4.0 (0.16) 21.5 (0.85) 71.7 (2.82) 8.3
1st accumulator spring A 2.6 {0.10) 24.3 {0.96) 101.9 {4.01) 11.6
1st accumulator spring B 2.3 (0.09). *9.9 (0.39) 49.0 (1.93) 4.6
2nd accumulator spring 3.5 (0.14) 22 (0.87) 77.0 (3.03) 9.5
3rd accumulator spring 2.6 (0.10) 17.5"(0.69) 91.8 (3.61) 15.8
4th accumulator spring 2.6 (0.10) 16 (0.63) 90.1 (3.55) 15.6
Lock-up shift valve spring 0.9 (0.04) 7.6 (0.30) 73.7 (2.90) 32
Lock-up timing valve spring 0.8 (0.03) 6.6 (0.26) 61.5 (2.42) 27.6
Lock-up control valve spring 0.9 (0.04) 6.6 (0.26) 38.4 (1.51) 23.3
Governor cut valve spring 0.8 (0.03) 7.6 (0.30) 44.5 (1.75) 17
CPC valve spring 0.9 (0.04) . 8.4 (0.33) 24.9 (0.98) 9.8
Reverse control valve spring 0.7 (0.03) 7.1 (0.28) 40 (1.57) 20.8
3- 2 timing valve spring 1.2 (0.05) 8.6 (0.34) 45.6 (1.80) 14.7
Servo control valve spring 0.9 (0.04) 6.4 (0.25) 34.1 (1.34) 17.5
2- 1 timing valve spring 0.7 {0.03) 5.6 {0.22) 33 {1.30) 21.7
4th exhaust valve spring 0.9 (0.04) 6.6 (0.26) 43.3 (1.70) 22
*: Inside Diameter
3-14
r-- I eren t"18I M/T -
D"ff s ect"IOn 15 Unit of length: mm (in}
MEASUREMENT STANDARD .(NEW) SERVICE LIMIT

Differential carrier All except B18C4 engines:
Pinion shaft bore diameter 18.010- 18.028 (0.7091 - 0.7098) --
Carrier-to-pinion shaft clearance 0.023- 0.057 (0.0009- 0.0022) 0.105 (0.004)
Driveshaft bore diameter 26.025- 26.045 (1.0246- 1.0254) --
Carrier-to-driveshaft clearance 0.045- 0.086 (0.0018- 0.0034) 0.14 (0.006)
B18C4 engine:
Pinion shaft bore diameter -18.000- 18.018 (0.7087- 0.7094} --
shaft clearance 0.013-0.047 (0.0005- 0.0019) 0.095 (0.004)
Driveshaft bore diameter 28.025-28.045 (1.1033 -1.1041) --
Carrier-to-driveshaft clearance 0.055- 0.091 (0.0022- 0.0036) 0.14 (0.006)
Differential pinion Backlash 0.05- 0.15 (0.002- 0.006) --
gear Pinion_gear bore diameter 18.042- 18.066 (0.7103- 0.7J 13) --
Pinion gear-to-pinion shaft clearance 0.055- 0.095 (0.0021 - 0.0037) 0.15 (0.006)
Set ring-to-bearing outer race 0-0.1 (0-0.004) Adjust with shim
- I eren t"18 IA/T

D"ff - s ect"1on fs
Differential carrier Pinion shaft contact area I. D. 18.010-18.028 (0.7091- 0.7098)
0.023- 0.057 (0.0009- 0.0022)
- -
0.10 (0.004)
Carrier-to-pinion clearance
Driveshaft contact area I.D. 26.025-26.045 (1.0246 -1.0254) --
Carrier-to-driveshaft clearance 0.045-0.086 (0.0018- 0.0034) 0.12 (0.005)
Ball bearing contact area O.D. 40.002-40.018 (1.5749 -1.5755) --
Differential pinion Backlash
..
0.05-0.15 (0.002- 0.006) --
gear I. D.
Pinion gear-to-pinion shaft clearance
18.042- 18.066 (0.7103- 0.7113)
0.055- 0.095 (0.0022- 0.0037)
- -
0.15 (0.006)
Set ring-to-bearing outer race . 0-0.15 (0- 0.006) Adjust
,-- power Steermg- s ect"10n 17

Steering wheel Play at steering wheel circumference 0- 10 (0- 0.4)
Starting load at steering wheel circumference
N (kgf, lbf)
Engine running 30 (3.1, 6.8)
Pump Pump pressure with valve 6.400-7,400 (65- 75, 924- 1,067)
D16W3, D16W4, B18C4 engines 5,400- 6,400 (55- 65, 782- 924).
closed (oil temp./speed: 40C All except D16W3,
D16W4, B18C4 en'gines
(105F) min./idle.
Do not run for more than 5 seconds).
kPa (kgf/cm 2 , psi)
Power steering Recommended power steering fluid Honda Power Steering Fluid-V, S or II
fluid Fluid capacity System LHD model 1.0 ( 1.06, 0.88)
f (US qt, Imp qt) RHD model 0.9 (0.95, 0.79)
Reservoir 0.4 (0.42, 0.35)
Power steering Deflection with 98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbf) All except 10.5- 14.0 (0.41- 0.55) with used belt
belt* between pulleys B18C4 engine 7.5- 10.0 (0.30- 1.39) with new belt
B18C4 engine 11.5- 13.5 (0.45- 0.53) with used belt
8.0-10.0 (0.31-1.39) with new belt
Tension measured with belt tension gauge All except 340 - 490 (35- 50, 77 - 11 0) with used belt
N (kgf, lbf) B18C4 engine 640-785 (65- 80, 143- 176) with new belt
B18C4 engine 390- 540 (40- 55, 88- 110) with used belt
735- 880 (75- 90, 165- 198) with new belt
*:When usmg a new belt, adjust deflection or tension to new values. Run the engine for 5 minutes then turn it off.
Readjust the deflection or tension to used belt values.
3-15
r-suspensaon- s ecf aon 18
MEASUREMENT
oo 10
STANDARD (NEW) . SERVICE LIMIT
Wheel alignment Camber Front All except 818C4 engine --
B18C4 engine -007' 1 --
Rear -050' 45' --
Caster Front 110' 1 --
Total toe Front 0 2.0 (0 0.08) --
Rear In 2.3 2 (0.09 0.08) --
Front wheel turning angle Inward wheel
All except B18C4 engine 36 2 --
B18C4 engine 40 2 --
Outward wheel (Reference)
All except B18C4 engine 30 --
B18C4 engine 33 --
Wheel Rim runout Aluminum wheel Axial 0-0.310- 0.01) 1.6 (0.06)
Radial 0-0.3 (0- 0.01) 1.0 (0.04) .
Steel wheel Axial' 0- 0.7 (0- 0.03) 1.7 (0.07)
Radial 0- 0.5 (0- 0.02) 1.0 (0.04)
Wheel bearing End play Front 0- 0.05 (0 - 0.002) --
Rear 0- 0.05 (0 - 0.002) --
r- Brakes - Section 19
Parking brake Play in stroke at 196 N (20 kgf, 44 lbf) lever force To be locked when pulled --
lever 6- 10 notches
Foot brake pedal Pedal height (with floor mat removed) LHD model M!T 157 (6.18) --
AfT 162 (6.38) --
RHO model M!T 154 (6.06) --
AfT 159 (6.30) --
Free play 1 - 5 (0.04- 0.20) --
Disc brake Disc thickness Front B18C4 engine
22.9-23.1 (0.90-0.91) 19.0 (0.75)
20.9- 21.1 10.82- 0.83) 19.0 (0.75)
20T2N engine
Ventilated disc
Solid disc
-- 19.0 (0.75)
Rear Gasoline engine
-- 11.0 (0.43)
9.9- 10.1 10.39- 0.40) 8.0 (0.31)
Diesel engine
Disc runout
-- 8.0 (0.31)
Disc parallelism
-- 0.10 (0.004)
O.Q15 (0.0006)
Pad thickness Front
11.0-11.7 (0.43- 0.46) 1.6 (0.06)
B18C4 engine Rear
8.3 - 9 (0.33- 0.35) 1.6 (0.06)
D14A6, D14Z3, D1424, D1528, D16W3, D16W4 engines
7.3-8 (0.29- 0.31) 1.6 (0.06)
Rear
20T2N engine
-- 3.0 (0.1)
Rear brake drum I. D. 203.20- 203.33 (8.000- 8.005) 204 (8.03)

Lining thickness 5.0 (0.20) 2.0 (0:08)
Brake booster Characteristics at 196 N (2Q kgf, 44 lbf) pedal force. . Vacuum mmHg (inHg) Line pressure kPa (kg/cm 2 , psi)
0 (0) 1,280 (13.1, 186)
Cars with Rear Drum 300(11.8) 5,390 (55.0,_ 782)
500 (19.7) 8,130 (82.9, 1,179)
0 (0) 950 (9.7, 138)
Except B18C4 engine
300 (11.8) 5,520 (56.3, 801)
Cars with Rear Disk 8,570 (87.4, 1,240)
500 (19.7)
0 (0) 830 (8.5, 121)
B18C4 engine
300 (11.8) 4,840 (49.4, 702)
Cars with Rear Disk
500 (19.7) 7,520 (76.7, 1,090)
3-16
r-- 1t1omng- s ecf Jon 22
A"1r Con d".
MEASUREMENT I STANDARD INEW)
Air conditioning
system
SANDEN Lubricant type: SP -10 (P/N 3SS97- P13- 003, 3SS9S- P13-:- 003 or 3SS99- P13- A01) [For Refrigerant: HFC-134a (R-
134a)J
Lubricant capacity Condenser 15 (1/2, 0.5)

m (fl oz, Imp ,oz) Evaporator 25 (5/6, 0.9)
Line or hose 10 (1/3, 0.4)
Receiver 10 (1/3, 0.4)
DEN SO Lubricant type: ND- OILS (P/N 3SS97- PR7- 003, 3SS9S- PR7- 003 or 3S899- PR7- A01) [For Refrigerant: HFC-134a
IR-134a)J
Lubricant capacity Condenser 15 (1/2, 0.5)

m (fl oz, Imp oz) Evaporator 25 (5/6, 0.9)
Line or hose 10 (1/3, 0.4)
Receiver 10 (1/3, 0.4)
Compressor
SANDEN Lubricant type: SP- 10 (P/N 3SS97- P13- 003, 38S9S- P13- 003 or 3SS99- P13- A01) [For Refrigerant: HFC-134a (R-
134a)]
Lubricant capacity mf (fl oz, Imp oz) 130 (4.4, 4.6)

Field coil resistance at 20C (68F) n 3.05-3.35
Pulley-to-pressure plate clearance 0.5 0.15 (0.02 0.006)
DEN SO Lubricant type: ND-: OILS (PJN 38897- PR7- 003, 38898- PR7- 003 or 3SS99- PR7- A01) [For Refrigerant: HFC-134a
(R-134a)]
Lubricant capacity m (fl oz, Imp ozl 120 (4, 4.2)

Stator coil resistance at 20C (68F) {l 3.4-3.S
Pulley-to-pressure plate clearance 0.5 0.15 (0.02 0.006)
Compressor belt* Deflection with 98 N (10 kgf; 22 lbf) between pulleys
B1SC4 engine 7.5-9.5 (0.30- 0.37) with used belt
5.0-7.0 (0.20- 0.2S) with new belt
All except B1SC4 engine 6.5- 10.5 (0.26- 0.41) with used belt
5.0 - 6.5 (0.20- 0.26) with new belt
Belt tension N (kgf, lbfl
Measured with belt tension gauge
B18C4 engine 390-540 (40- 55, SS- 120) with used belt
740- 8SO (75- 90, 170- 200) with new belt
All except 818C4 engine 340 - 490 (35- 50, 80 - 11 0) with used belt
690- S30 (70- S5, 150 -190) with new belt
*: When using a new belt, adjust deflection or tension to new values. Run the engine for 5 minutes then turn it off.
Readjust deflection or tension to used belt values.
3-17
r-- El ectr.ca - s ect"1on 23
Ignition coil*' Rated voltage v 12
(TEC) Primary winding resistance at 20C (68F) {} 0.6-0.8
Secondary winding resistance at 20C (68F) kn 13-19
Ignition coil*2 Rated voltage v 12
(LUCAS) Primary winding resistance at 20C (68F) {} 0.4-0.6
Secondary winding resistance at 20C (68F) k!J 22-34
Ignition coil* 3 Rated voltage v 12
(LUCAS) Primary winding resistance at 20C (68F) !J 0.5-0.6
Secondary winding resistance at 20C (S8F) k{} 13-20
Firing order 1-3-4-2
Spark plug Type Refer to Section 23 (62ST300)
Electrode gap 1.1 _g_, (0.043 -8.ood
Ignition timing At idle 16 2 (Red) BTDC* 1 12 2 (Red) BTDC*2.3
Alternator belt* Deflection with 98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbf) 7.0- 10.5 (0.28- 0.41) with used belt
between pulleys 5.0 - 7.0 (0.19 - 0.28) with new belt
Tension measured with belt tension gauge 340- 490 (35- 50, 77- 110) with used belt
N (kgf,lbf) 640- 785 (65 - 80, 143 - 176) with new belt
Alternator* 2 3 Output 13.5 Vat hot A 75
(BOSCH) Coil resistance (rotor) n
Slip ring O.D.
2.3
14.4 (0.567)
- -
14.0 (0.551)
Brush length 12.5 (0.49) 2.5 (0.10)
Brush spring tension g (oz) 330(11.6) --
Alternator*' Output 13.5 Vat hot A 90
(DENSO) Coil resistance (rotor) {} 2.9 --
Slip ring O.D. 14.4 (0.567) .14.0 (0.551)
Brush length 10.5 (0.41) 1.5 (0.06)
""
Brush spring tension g (oz) 330 (11.6) --
Starter motor*2, 3 Type Gear reduction
(VALEO 1.0 kW) Mica depth 0.5 - 0.9 (0.020- 0.035) 0.2 (0.008)
Commutator runout 0-0.01 (0-0.001) O.G15 (0.001)
Brush length . 18.0 (0.71) 5.0 (0.20)
Brush spring tension {new) 15.3- 19.3 {1.56 -1.97, 3.4- 4.3) --
N (kgf, lbf)
Starter motor*' Type Gear reduction
(MITSUBA 1.0 Mica depth 0.4-0.5 (0.016- 0.020) 0.15 (0.006)
kW) Commutator runout 0-0.02 (0- 0.001) 0.05 (0.002)
Commutator O.D. 28.0-28.1 (1.102- 1.106) 27.5 (1.083)
Brush length 15.8- 16.2 (0.62- 0.64) 11.0 (0.43)
Brush spring tension (new) 15.7- 17.7 (1.60- 1.80, 3.5- 4.0) --
N (kgf, lbf)
*1: B18C4 engine
*2: D15Z8 engine
*3: D14A6, D14Z3, D14Z4, D16W3, D16W4 engines
*4: When using a new belt, adjust deflection or tension to new belt values. Run the engine for 5 minutes then turn it off.
Readjust deflection or tension to used belt values.
3-18
Design Specifications
ITEM METRIC ENGLISH NOTES

DIMENSIONS Overall Length 4,325 mm 170.3 in
Overall Width 1,695 mm 66.7 in
Overall Height 1,390 mm 54.7 in Except KY
1,405 mm 55.3 in KY
Wheelbase 2,620 mm 103.1 in
Track Front 1.8VTi 1,465 mm 57.7 in
All except 1.8VTi 1.475 mm 58.1 in
Rear . 1,470 mm 57.9 in Rear Drum Brake
type, 1.8VTi
1,480 mm 58.3 in Rear Disc Brake type
Wheel Arch Front/Rear 638/650 mm 25.1/25.6 in
Ground Clearance 150mm 5.9 in
Seating Capacity Five
WEIGHT Curb Weight
1.4i with SRS MIT 1,115 kg 2.458 lbs .. KG
1.4i with SRS and ABS MIT 1,125kg 2.479 lbs KG
MIT
1.4i with SRS, ABS and S/R.
1.4i with SRS and P/W MIT
1,142 kg
1,118 kg
2,517 lbs
2.4651bs .. KG
KG
1.4i with SRS, P!W and A/C MIT 1,136 kg 2,5041bs KG
1.4i with SRS, ABS and P!W MIT 1,128 kg 2.4871bs KG
1.4i with SRS, ABS, S/R and P!W MIT 1,146 kg 2,5261bs KG
1.4iS with SRS MIT 1,112 kg 2,4521bs KG
1.4iS with P!W MIT 1,107 kg 2,440 lbs KG
1.4iS with SRS and P/W MIT 1,116 kg 2,460 lbs KG
1.4iS with SRS, S/R and P/W MIT 1,134 kg 2,500 lbs KG
1.4iS with SRS, ABS and PJW MIT 1,123 kg 2.475 lbs KG
1.4iS with SRS,-ABS, S/R and P/W MIT 1,141 kg 2,515 lbs KG
1.4iS with SRS, P!W and A/C. MIT 1,134 kg 2,500 lbs KG
1.4iS with SRS, ABS, P!W and A!C MIT 1,141 kg 2,5151bs KG
1.4iS with SRS AfT 1,135 kg 2,5021bs KG
1.4iS with SRS and P/W AfT 1,138 kg 2,5091bs KG
1.4iS with SRS,ABS and P/W AfT 1,145 kg 2,5241bs KG
1.4iS with SRS MIT 1,121kg 2,471 lbs KE
1.4iS with SRS, S/R and P/W MIT 1,140 kg 2,513 lbs KE
1.4iS with SRS, ABS, S/R and P/W MIT 1,147 kg 2,529 lbs KE
1.4iS with SRS, P/W and A/C MIT 1,139 kg 2,511 lbs KE
1.4iS with SRS, ABS, S/R and P/W AfT 1,164 kg 2,5661bs KE
1.4iS with SRS, P/W and A!C AfT 1,153 kg 2,542-lbs KE
1.4iS with SRS MIT 1,123 kg 2,475 lbs KS
1.4iS with SRS and ABS MIT 1,133 kg 2.499 lbs KS
1.5i with SRS MIT 1,121kg 2,471 lbs KG
1.5i with SRS and P/W. MIT 1,122 kg 2,474 lbs KG
1.5i with SRS, ABS and P/W MIT 1,134 kg . 2,500 lbs KG
1.5i with SRS, ABS, S/R and P/W MIT 1,152 kg 2,540 lbs KG
1.5i with SRS, P!W and A/C MIT 1,145 kg 2,5241bs KE
1.5i with SRS, S/R and P!W MIT 1,145 kg 2,5241bs KE
1.5i with SRS, ABS, S/R and P/W MIT 1,155 kg 2,5461bs KE
1.5i with SRS and P/W MIT 1,130 kg 2.491 lbs KS
1.5i with SRS, ABS and P/W MIT . 1,141 kg 2,515 lbs KS
1.6iLS with SRS and P/W MIT 1,130 kg 2.491 lbs KG
1.6iLS with SRS, ABS and P/W MIT 1,140 kg 2,513 lbs KG
1.6iLS with SRS, ABS, S/R and P!W MIT 1,157 kg 2,551 lbs KG
1.6iLS with SRS, ABS, P!W and A/C MIT 1,153 kg 2,5421bs KG
1.6iLS with SRS and P/W AfT 1,158 kg 2,5531bs KG
1.6iLS with SRS, ABS and P!W AfT 1,168 kg 2,5751bs KG
1.6iLS with SRS, ABS, 5/R and P/W AfT 1,186 kg 2,615 lbs KG
. 1.6iLS with SRS, ABS, P/W and A/C AfT 1,186 kg 2,615 lbs KG
1.6iLS with SRS, ABS, S/R and P/W MIT 1,161 kg 2,560 lbs KE
1.6iLS with SRS, ABS, P/W and A/C MIT 1,175 kg 2,590 lbs KE
1.6iLS with SRS, ABS, P!W and A/C AfT 1,190 kg 2,622 lbs KE
1.6iLS with SRS, ABS and P!W MIT 1,141 kg 2,515 lbs KS
1.6iLS with.SRS, ABS and P/W AfT 1,184 kg 2,610 lbs KS
1.6iES with SRS, ABS, P/W and A/C MIT 1,162 kg 2,5621bs KG
1.6iES with SRS, ABS, S/R and P/W MIT 1,156 kg 2,5481bs KG
1.6iES with SRS, ABS, S/R, P!W and A/C MIT 1,174kg 2,5881bs KG
1.6iES with SRS, ASS, P!W and A!C AfT 1,192 kg 2,6271bs KG
1.6iES with SRS, ABS, S/R and P/W AfT 1,185 kg 2,612 lbs KG
1.6iESwith SRS, ABS, S/R,P/W and A!C AfT 1,203 kg 2,652 lbs KG
(cont'd)
3-19
,-- cont'd)
WEIGHT Curb Weight
1.6iES with SRS, ABS, S/R, PN.J and A!C MIT 1,184 kg 2,610 lbs KE
1.6iES with SRS, ABS, SIR, PN.J and A!C AfT 1,208 kg 2,6631bs KE
1.8VTi with SRS, ABS, S/R and PN.J MIT 1,223 kg 2,6961bs KG
1.8VTi with SRS, ABS, PN.J and A!C MIT 1,224 kg 2,6981bs KG
1.8VTi with SRS, ABS, S/R, PN.J and A!C MIT 1,255 kg 2,767 lbs KE
2.0iTDLS with SRS and PN.J MIT 1;226 kg 2,7031bs KG
2.0iTDLS with SRS MIT 1,225 kg 2,701 lbs KG
2.0iTDLS with SRS and A!C MIT 1,244 kg 2,7431bs KG
2.0iTDLS with SRS and ABS MIT 1,236 kg 2,7251bs KG
2.0iTDLS with SRS, ABS and A!C MIT 1,254 kg 2.7651bs KG
2.0iTDLS with SRS, ABS and PN.J MIT 1,248 kg 2,7511bs KG
2.0iTDLS with SRS, ABS, P/W and A!C MIT 1,266 kg 2,791 lbs KG
2.0iTDLS with SRS, ABS, S/R, P/W and A!C MIT 1,285 kg 2,8331bs KG
2.0iTDLS with SRS, ABS, SIR, P/W and A!C MIT 1,266 kg 2,791 lbs KE
Weight Distributions (Front/Rear)
1.4i with SRS MIT 640/475 kg 1,411/1,0471bs KG
1.4i with SRS and ABS MIT 647/478 kg 1,426/1,053 lbs KG
1.4i with SRS, ABS and S/R MIT 657/485 kg 1,448/1,069 lbs KG
1.4i with SRS and P/W MIT 641/477 kg 1,413/1,0521bs KG
1.4i with SRS, PN.J and A!C MIT 661/475 kg 1,457/1,047 lbs KG
.1.4iwith SRS, ABS and PN.J MIT 648/480 kg 1,429/1,058 lbs KG
1.4i with SRS, ABS, S/R and PN.J MIT 658/488 kg 1.450/1,076 lbs KG
1.4iS with SRS MIT 640/472 kg 1,411/1,041 lbs KG
1.4iS with PN.J MIT 634/473 kg 1,397/1,043 lbs KG
1.4iS with SRS and P/W M/T 642/474 kg 1,415/1,045 lbs KG
1.4iS with SRS, S/R and P/W MIT 652/482 kg . 1.438/1 ,062 I bs KG
1.4iS with SRS, ABS and P/W MIT 647/476 kg 1,426/1 ,049 I bs KG
1.4iS with SRS, ABS, S/R and P/W M/T 657/484 kg 1,448/1,067 lbs KG
1.4iS with SRS, P/W and A!C MIT 662/472 kg 1.459/1 ,041 Ibs KG
1.4iS with SRS, ABS, P/W and A/C MIT 667/474 kg 1.470/1,0451bs KG
1.4iS with SRS AfT 672/463 kg 1,481/1,0211bs KG
1.4iS with SRS and P/W AfT 673/465 kg 1,484/1,025 lbs KG
1.4iS with SRS, ABS and P/W AfT 679/466 kg 1,497/1,027 lbs KG
1.4iS with SRS MIT 649/472 kg 1,430/1 ;04 1 I bs KE
1.4iS with. SRS, S/R and P/W MIT 660/480 kg 1,455/1 ,058 lbs KE
1.4iS with SRS, ABS, SiR and P/W .MIT 665/482 kg 1.467/1,062 lbs KE
1.4iS with SRS, P/W and A/C M/T 669/470 kg 1.475/1,036 los KE
1.4iS with SRS, ABS, S/R and P/W AfT 690/474 kg 1,521/1,0451bs KE
1.4iS with SRS, P/W and A/C AfT 693/460 kg 1,528/1 ,014 lbs KE
1.4iS with SRS MIT 645/478 kg 1.422/1 ,053 I bs KS
1.4iS with SRS and ABS MIT 652/481 kg 1.438/1,061 lbs KS
1.5i with SRS. MIT 652/469 kg 1.438/1 ,033 lbs KG
1.5i with SRS and P/W MIT 652/470 kg 1.438/1,036 lbs KG
1.5i with SRS, ABS and P/W MIT 660/474 kg 1.455/1,045 lbs KG
1.5i with SRS, ABS, S/R and P/W MIT 670/482 kg 1,478/1,062 lbs KG
1.5i with SRS, P/W and A/C MIT 676/469 kg 1.491/1,033 lbs KE
1.5i with SRS, S/R and P/W MIT 666/479 kg 1.468/1,056 lbs KE
1.5i with SRS, ABS, S/R and P/W MIT 673/482 kg 1.484/1,062 lbs KE
1.5i with SRS and P/W MIT 657/473 kg 1.448/1,043 lbs KS
1.5i with SRS, ABS and P/W MIT 664/477 kg 1.463/1,0521bs KS
1.6iLS with SRS and P/W MIT 652/478 kg 1.438/1,053 lbs KG
1.6iLS with SRS, ABS and P/W MIT 659/481 kg 1.452/1,061 lbs KG
1.6iLS with SRS, ABS, S/R and P/W MIT 668/489 kg 1.473/1,0781bs KG
1.6iLS with SRS, ABS, P/W and A!C MIT 678/475 kg 1.495/1,047 lbs KG
1.6iLS with SRS and P/W AfT 684/474 kg 1,508/1,045 lbs KG
1.6iLS with SRS, ABS and P/W AfT 691/477 kg 1,523/1,052 lbs KG
1.6iLS with SRS, ABS, S/R and P/W AfT 700/486 kg 1,543/1,072 lbs KG
1.6iLS with SRS, ABS, P/W and A!C AfT 710/476 kg 1,566/1,049 lbs KG
1.6iLS with SRS, ABS, S/R and P/W MIT 671/490 kg 1.479/1,081 lbs KE
1.6iLS with SRS, ABS, P/W and A!C M/T 689/486 kg 1,518/1,072 lbs KE
1.6iLS with SRS, ABS, P/W and A!C AfT 712/478 kg 1,569/1,053 lbs KE
1.6iLS with SRS, ABS and P/W MIT 657/484 kg 1.448/1,067 lbs KS
1.6iLS with SRS, ABS and P/W AfT 694/490 kg 1,529/1,0811bs KS
1.6iES with SRS, ABS, P/W and A!C M/T 685/477 kg 1,510/1,0521bs KG
1.6iES with SRS, ABS, S/R and P/W M/T 672/484 kg 1,481/1,067 lbs KG
1.6iES with SRS, ABS, S/R, P/W and A/C MIT 692/482 kg 1,526/1,062 lbs KG
1.6iES with SRS, ABS, P/W and A!C A/T 714/478 kg 1;57 4/1,053 lbs KG
3-20
'ITEM METRIC ENGLISH NOTES
WEIGHT Weight Distributions (Front/Rear)
1.6iES with SRS, ABS, SIR and Pf\N NT 701/484 kg 1,545/1,067 lbs KG
1.6iES with SRS, ABS, SIR, Pf\N and NC NT 721/482 kg 1,590/1,062 lbs KG
1.6iES with SRS, ABS, SIR, Pf\N and NC MIT 696/488 kg 1,534/1,076 lbs KE
1.6iES with SRS, ABS, SIR, Pf\N and NC NT 722/486 kg 1,591/1,0721bs KE
1.8VTi with.SRS,.ABS, S/R and P{IN MIT 749/474 kg 1,651/1,0451bs KG
1.8VTi with SRS, ABS, Pf\N and NC MIT 759/465 kg 1,673/1,025 lbs KG
1.8VTi with SRS, ABS, S/R, Pf\N and NC MIT 774/481 kg 1,706/1,061 lbs KE
2.0iTDLS with SRS and P{IN MIT 741/485 kg 1,634/1,069 lbs KG
2.0iTDLS with SRS MIT 740/485 kg 1,632/1,069 lbs KG
2.0iTDLS with SRS and NC. MIT 761/483 kg 1,678/1,065 lbs KG
2.0iTDLS with SRS and ABS MIT 748/488 kg 1,649/1,0761bs KG
2.0iTDLS with SRS, ABS and NC MIT 768/486 kg 1,693/1 ,072 Ibs KG
2.0iTDLS with SRS, ABS and P{IN MIT 761/487 kg 1,678/1,073 lbs KG
2.0iTDLS with SRS, ABS, PfiN and NC MIT 781/485 kg 1,722/1,0691bs KG
2.0iTDLS with SRS, ABS; S(R. Pf\N and A/C MIT 791/494 kg 1,744/1,089 lbs KG
2.0iTDLS with SRS, ABS, SIR, Pf\N and A/C MIT 781/485 kg 1,722/1,0691bs KE
Max. Permissible Weight 1.H, 1.5 1,570 kg 3,461 lbs
1,6 Q 1,620 kg 3,571 lbs
1.8 Q 1',660 kg 3,660 lbs
Diesel engine 1,720 kg 3,792 lbs
Max. Permissible Axle Frpnt 1.4, 1.5 Q. 820 kg 1,8081bs
1.6 e 855 kg 1,885 lbs
1.8 Q 880 kg 1,940 lbs
Weight (EU) Rear 1.4,1.5 785kg 1,731 lbs
1.6 e 800 kg 1,7641bs
1.8 e BOO kg 1,764 lbs
(cont'd)
3-21
- cont'd)
ITEM DESCRIPTION NOTES
ENGINE Type D14A6, D14Z3, D14Z4, D16W3 engines Water-cooled, 4-stroke SOHC
gasoline engine
D15Z8 engine Water-cooled 4-stroke SOHC
VTEC-E gasoline engine
D16W4 engine Water-cooled 4-stroke SOHC
VTEC gasoline engine
B18C4 engine Water-cooled 4-stroke DOHC
VTEC gasoline engine
20T2N engine Water-cooled; SOHC
diesel engine
Cylinder arrangement lnline 4-cylinder, transverse
METRIC ENGLISH
Bore and Stroke
Dl4A6, D1423, D14Z4 engines 75.0 x 79.0 mm 2.95 x 3. 11 in
D1528 engine 75.0 x 84.5 mm 2.95 x 3.33 in
D16W3, D16W4 engines 75.0 x 90.0 mm 2.95 x 3.54 in
B18C4 engine 81.0 x 87.2 )11m 3.19 x 3.43 in
20T2N enigne 84.5 x 88.9 mm 3.33 x 3.50 in
Displacement
D14A6, D1423, D14Z4 engines 1,396 em' (me} 85.2 cu-in
D15Z8 engine 1,493 em' (me} 91 cu-in
D16W3, D16W4 engines 1,590 em' (mfl 97 cu-in
B18C4 engine 1,797 em' (mf) 110 cu-in
20T2N enigne 1,994 em' (m) 122 cu-in
Compression Ratio
D14A6, D14Z3, D14Z4 engines*' 9.0
D15Z8, D16W3, D16W4 engines' 9.6
B18C4 engine*' 10.0
Valve Train Belt driven SOHC* 1 or DOHC*'
4 valves per cylinder
Lubrication System Gasoline engine Forced and wet sump, trochoid pump
Oil Pump Discharge Rate

Diesel engine
SOHC engine
DOHC engine
7.11 cm 3/rev
9.32 cm 3/rev
I
Wet sump, crankshaft driven eccentric rotor pump
0.433 cu-i n/rev
o.569 cu-in/rev
Water Pump Discharge Rate at 6,000 rpm
SOHCengine 125 f (132 US qt, 110 Imp qt)/minute
DOHC engine 140 f (148 US qt, 1231mp qt)/minute
Fuel Required
D14Z3, D14Z4, D15Z8, D16W3, D16W4, Premium UNLEADED gasoline with
B18C4 engines a Research Octane Number (RON)
of 95 or higher
D.14A6 engine*' LEADED gasoline with a Research
Octane Number (RON) of 91 or higher
STARTER Make(Type, Output VALEO, MITSUBA/Gear Reduction, 1.0 kW
Normal Output 1.0kW
Normal Voltage 12 v
Hour Rating 30 seconds
Direction of Rotation
Weight VALEO
MITSUBA
approx. 3.2 kg
approx. 3.1 kg
I
Clockwise as view from gear end
approx. 7.1 lbs
approx. 6.8 lbs
CLUTCH Type M!T Single plate dry, diaphragm spring
AfT Torque converter
Facing Area M(T All except B18C4 engine
M!T B18C4 engine
176 em'
203 em'
I 27 sq-in
31 sq-in
TRANSMISSION Type Synchronized 5-speed forward, 1 reverse
4-speed automatic with lock-up clutch,
1 reverse
Primary Reduction Type/Ratio Direct/1 : 1
Manual Transmission D14A6, D14Z3, 01424,
D15Z8 B18C4 20T2N
Gear Ration D16W3, D16W4
1st 3.250 3.250 3.230 3.250
2nd 1.782 1.782 1.900 1.894
3rd 1.172 1.250 1.360 1.222
4th 0.937 0.937 1.034 0.848
5th 0.750 0.750 0.848 0.648
Reverse 3.153 3.153 3.000 3.000
Final 4.437 3.888 4.266 3.937
Type Single helical gear
Automatic Transmission
Gear Ration 1st 2.600
2nd 1.393
3rd 0.975
4th 0.772
Reverse 1.954
Final Reduction Gear Ratio 4.357
Type Single helical gear
*3: Unleaded gasoline with RON of 91 or h1gher may also be used.
3-22
AIR Cooling Capacity 4,040 kcal/h 16,030 BTU/h *1: KY model
CONDITIONING 4,250 kcal/h* 1 16,860 BTU/h
Compressor:
SANDEN Type Scroll'
Capacity 85.7 cm 3/rev I 5.22 cu-in/rev
Max. Speed 10,000 rpm (min- 1 )
Lubricant Type SP-10
Lubricant Capacity 130 cm 3 I 4.4 fl OZ, 4.61rT'!P OZ
DEN SO Type Swash-plate
No. of Cylinder 10
capacity ' 155.3 cm 3/rev I 94.7 cu-i n/rev
Max. Speed 7,600 rpm (min- 1 )
Lubricant Type ND-OIL8
Lubricant Capacity 120 em' I 4 fl oz, 4.2 Imp oz
Condenser Type Corrugated fin
Evaporator Type Corrugated fin
Blower Type Sirocco fan
Moto,r.lnput 200 W/12 V .max. :
Speed Control
Max. Capacity 410 m'/h 14,500 cu-ft/h
Temp. Control .Type Air Mix
Compressor Clutch Type Dry, single plate, poly-V belt drive *2: SANDEN
Power Consumption 42 W max/12 V*' 40 W max/12 V* 3 *3: DENSO
Refrigerant Type
Quantity 500-550 g
550-600 g*'
I
HFC-134a (R-134a)
18-19 oz
19-21 oz*'
*4: KY model
STEERING Type Power assisted, rack and pinion

SYSTEM Overall Ratio All except B18C4 engine 17.1
B18C4 engine 17.5 '
Turns, Lock-to-Lock '. All.except B18C4 engine 3.48
Steering Wheel Dia.

B18C4 engine
380mm 3r 15.0 in
SUSPENSION Type Front Independent double wishbone, coil spring with
stabilizer
Rear Independent double wishbone, coil spring with
stabilizer
Shock Absorber Front and Rear Telescopic, hydraulic nitrogen gas-filled
WHEEL Camber Front 00*5, -0007'*6 *5: All except B18C4
ALIGNMENT ' Rear -0 50' engine
Caster Front 1 10' *6: B18C4 engine
Total Toe Front Omm Oin
Rear In 2.3 mm I In 0.09 in
BRAKE SYSTEM Type Front Power-assisted self-adjusting ventilated disc
Rear Power-assisted self-adjusting drum
Pad Surface Area All except B18C4 engine Front 48.7 em' x 2 7.6 sq-in x 2
B18C4 engine Front 58.0 em' x 2 9.0 sq-in x 2
All except B18C4 engine Rear 20.4 em' x 2 3.2 sq-in x 2
B18C4 engine Rear 28.3 em' x 2 4.4 sq-in x 2
Lining Surface Area Rear 65.7 em' x 2 10.2 sq-in x 2 Drum brake
Parking Brake Type Mechanical actuating, rear two wheel brakes
TIRE Size and Pressure See tyre label
ELECTRICAL Battery 12 V- 36 AH/5 HR Gasoline engine
12 V- 70 AH/20 HR Diesel engine
Starter 12 V-1.0 kW
Alternator 12 V- 75 A. *90 A *: VTi
Fuses In Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box 7.5 A, 10 A, 15 A, 20 A. 30 A
In Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box 7.5 A, 10 A, 15 A, 20A, 30A. 40 A, 50 A. 80 A, *100A
In under-hood ABS Fuse Box 20A, 40A
Headlights High/Low 12 V- 60/55 W (H4)
Front Turn Signal Lights 12 V-.21 W
Front Parking Lights 12V-5W
Side Turn Signal Lights 12V-5W
Rear Turn Signal Lights 12V-21W
Brake/Tail-lights. 12V-21/5W
Back-up Lights 12V-21 W
Front Fog Light*' 12V-55W
Rear Fog Light 12V-21W
License Plate Lights 12V-5W
Ceiling Light 12V-5W
Luggage Area Light 12V-5W
Gauge Lights 12V-3.4W
Glove Light 12V-5W
Indicator Lights 12 V- 0.84 W, 0.91 W, 1.12 W, 1.4 W
Illumination and Pilot Lights 12V-0.56W,0.84W, 0.91 W, 1.12W, 1.4W, LED
Heater Illumination Lights 12V-1.4W
High mount brake Light 12 V- 21 W (Bulb type)
LED (LED type)*
3-23
Body Specifications
1,390 (54.7)* 1
Unit: mm (inl
1.405 (55.3)* 2
. .*
...
*;:: * ;::
....: cO cD
;;;
cO
ll"l ll"l ll"l Q
......
"" ""... $....
IC CX)
""...
650 (25.6)
EU only
150 (5.9)
.....; ;:;0
... .........
Q
Q ll"l
......;
C\1
N
638 (25.1)
*1: All except KV model
*2: KV model EU only
*3: 1.8VTi
*4: All except 1.8VTi
*5: Rear Drum Brake type. 1.8VTi
*6: Rear Disc Brake type
3-24
Maintenance
Lubrication Points ................................. 4-2

Maintenance Schedule ......................... 4-4
Lubrication Points
For the details of lubrication points and type of lubricants to be applied, refer to the illustrated index and various work pro-
cedure (such as Assembly/Reassembly, Replacement, Overhaul, Installation, etc.) contained in each section.
No. LUBRICATION POINTS LUBRICANT

1 Engine Always use a fuel-efficient oil is that says "API Service SG,
SH or SJ."
SAE Viscosity: See. chart below.
2 Transmission Manual l Gasoline engine Honda Genuine MTF* 1
I Diesel engine Use API service SG or SH grade oil, SAE Viscosity: 10 W-40
Automatic Genuine Honda ATF PREMIUM (Automatic Transmission
Fluid- PREMIUM) or DEXRON II or Ill ATF
3 Brake line (Includes Anti-lock brake line) Brake fluid DOT3 or DOT4* 2
4 Clutch line Brake fluid DOT3 or DOT4* 2
5 Release fork (Manual transmission) Urea Grease UM264 (P/N 41211- PY5- 305)
6 Throttle cable end (Dashboard lower panel hole) Silicone grease
7 Throttle cable end (Throttle link)
8 Brake master cylinder push rod
9 Clutch master cylinder push rod
10 Hood hinges and hood lock
Multi-purpose grease
11 Battery terminals
12 Fuel fill lid
13 Door hinges, upper and lower
14 Door open detent
15 Rear brake calipers
(Connection holes parking brake lever to parking Rust-preventive agent
brake cable)
16 Power steering system Honda power steering fluid (V, II or S)
17 Air conditioning compressor Compressor oil:
SANDEN: SP-10 (P/N 38897- P13- 003,38898- P13- 003
or 38899- P13 -A01)
DEN SO: NO-OILS (38897- PR7- 003, 38898- PR7 - 003 or
38899 - PR7- A01)
(For Refrigerant: HFC-134a (R-134a))
CAUTION: Used engine oil may cause skin cancer if

. repeatedly left in contact with the skin for prolonged
periods. Although this is unlikely unless you handle used
I I I oil on a daily basis, it is still advisable to thoroughly
wash your hands with soap and water as soon as possi-
ble after handling used oil .
..
.
I
-30 -20-10 0 10 20 30 40C

-20 0 20 40 60 80 100F
Recommended engine oil
Engine oil viscosity for
ambient temperature ranges
*1: If Honda MTF is not available, you may use an API service SG, SH or SJ-rated motor oil with a viscosity of SAE 10W-30
or 10W-40 temporarily. Motor oil can cause increased transmission wear and higher shifting effort.
*2: We recommend Genuine Honda Brake Fluid.
4-2
---------'@
,_------
\..._.---+-----,--@
!iOiJ
\ \
91> I
/
"---- - - - - ____.-/
4-3
Follow the Normal Maintenance Schedule if the severe driving conditions specified in the Severe Conditions Maintenance Schedule on pages 4-6 and 4-7 do not apply. m s m
, .....CD-
km x 1,000 15 30 45 75 90 135 150 165
c
60 105 120
Service at the indicated
distance or time miles x 1,000 9 18 27 36 45 54 63 72 81 90 99 NOTES
SECTION
and
""'
0 ::::s
whichever comes first. PAGE
months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 CD
m
Replace engine oil and oil filter
Replace air cleaner element
* 38-6 to 8-9
* 3 11-A-82
:::J ::::s
m
3: ::::s
Inspect valve clearance
Check the valve clearance. * 36-8, 9
48,49
0 (')
CD
Replace fuel filter
* 3 11-A-74
* 3 11-B-65 -
CD
tn
Replace spark plugs
*3 23-A-25
*'6-15 to 6-17 2
(')
:::r
Replace timing belt and inspect water
pump Check water pump for signs of seal leakage. * 16-53 to 6-56 0 CD
Q.
3""'
'"10-10
Inspect and adjust drive belts

Check for cracks and damage .
Check deflection and tension.
*323-A-34
* 1 17-20
* 122-33
m
-
0
-c
CD
* 3 11-A-61 0
Inspect idle speed
* 3 11-B-57, 58
11-C-78, 79
:::J
;:::;.
Replace engine coolant
Check specific gravity for freezing point.
Manual transmission: Genuine Honda MTF,
*3 10-7, 8
-
0
Replace transmission fluid

MT 0
API service SG; SH orSJ grade transmission
oil SAE Viscosity: 10W-40 (Diesel)
* 3 13-19
:::J
(It
(0: Inspect) Automatic transmission: Genuine Honda ATF

AT
0*4
0 PREMIUM (Automatic Transmission Fluid-
PREMIUM) or DEXRON II or Ill ATF;
* 3 14-2 I
I
Check the brake pad and disc thickness. * 319-2, 3 I
Inspect front and rear brakes

Check for damage or cracks.
Check the calipers for" damage, leaks, and
tightness.
* 1 19-11, 24, I
33
* 2 19'2, 3 I
Use only DOT3 or DOT4*' fluid. Check that

Replace brake fluid ' Every 3 years brake fluid level is between the upper and *'19-6
lower marks on the reservoir .
Check parking brake adjustment
Replace pollen filter

Every 30,000 km (18,000 miles) or 12 months
Check the parking brake operation. '"19-5
* 121-19,
* 122-17
Check lights alignment 0
Check the position of the headlights . * 123-A157
Test drive (noise, stability, dashboard
operation)
----- - -

- ,_ -
-- - - - -- -- -
Check for road stability, noise, vibrations and
dashboard
----
operation. -- - ----
--
*1: Refer to shop manual: 95 HONDA CIVIC 5 DOOR MAINTENANCE, REPAIR and CONSTRUCTION Code No. 62ST300.
*2: Refer to shop manual: 96 HONDA CIVIC 5 DOOR SUPPLEMENT Code No. 62ST320.
*3: Refer to shop manual: 97 HONDA CIVIC 5 DOOR.SUPPLEMENT Code No. 62ST321.
*4: Inspect at 45,000 km (27,000 miles)/36 months, and every 45,000 km (27,000 miles)/36 months after replacement.
km x 1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 135 150 165 SECTION
distance or time miles x 1,000 9 18 27 36 45 54 63 72 81 90 99 NOTES and
whichever_ comes first. months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 PAGE
Check for correct installation and position,
check for cracks, deterioration, rust, and_ leaks.
Visually inspect the following items:
Check tightness of screws, nuts, and joints_.
---
If necessary, retighten.
Check rack grease and steering linkage.
Tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and
Check the boot for damage and le(lking grease. '" 17-19
boots
Check the fluid line for damage and leaks.
Check the bolts for tightness.
Suspension components Check the all dust cover for deterioration
* 1 18-9, 10,
20,21
and damage.
Driveshaft boots Check boots and boot band for cracks.

Check rack grease.
* 1 16-3 I
Brake hoses and lines (including ABS) .

Check the master cylinder, proportioning
control valve and ABS modulator for damage *'19-6 I
and leakage.
Check the catalytic converter heat shield,
Exhaust system exhaust pipe and muffler for damage, leaks * 19-7, 8, 9
and tightness. I
I
Check fuel lines for loose connections, cracks
Fuel lines and connections and deterioration. Retighten loose *'11-A-63 '
connections and replace any damaged parts.
Check for pressure, puncture or cuts and
Tyre condition
irregular thread wear. ---
- - ------ - - -- - -
I
Ul I
-- -
m 3:
....-
I km x 1,000 7.5 15 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 90 97.5 105 112.5 120 D)
en Service at the indicated
miles x 1,000 4.5 9 13.5 18 22.5 27 31.5 36 40.5 45 49.5 54 58.5 63 67.5 72 NOTES
SECTION
and
s::::
distance or time whichever
comes first. months 6 1.2 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96
PAGE ""'
0 :s
"C
Replace engine oil and oil filter
Clean (0) or replace (e) air cleaner element
* 38-6 to 8-9 CD
Q)
(I)
::::s
- Use normal schedule except in dusty
conditions
0
0 0 * 3 11-A-82
:::::s
s:
D)
::::s
0 (')
* 36-8, 9,
-
Inspect valve clearance Check the valve clearance.
48, 49
Q. (I)
CD
Replace fuel filter
* 3 11-A-74
* 3 11-B-65
tn
(')
Replace spark plugs
Replace timing belt and inspect water

H Check water pump for signs of seal
* 323-A-25
*'6-15 to 6-17
(/)
CD
::T
(I)
< 0.
* 16-53 to 6-56
-c
pump leakage . CD
* 1 10-10
'"23-A-34 ""'
CD
Check for cracks and damage.
* 1 17-20
'"22-33
(")
0
(I)
* 3 11-A-61 :::::s
Inspect idle speed
*3 11-B-57, 58 Q.

Check specific gravity for freezing point.
11-C-78, 79
* 3 10-7, 8
-
0
:::::s
Manual transmission: Genuine Honda en
MT
MTF, API service SG, SH or SJ grade
transmission oil SAE Viscosity: 10W-40
* 3 13-19
Automatictransmission: Genuine Honda

AT
ATF PREMIUM (Automatic Transmission
Fluid-PREMIUM) or DEXRON II or Ill ATF.
* 3 14-2
Check the brake pad and disc thickness. * 3 19-2, 3

Inspect front and rear brakes
for damage or cracks.
Check the calipers for damage, leaks,
and tightness.
. *'19-11, 24,
33
*2 19-2, 3
Use only DOT3 or DOT4* 5 fluid. Check
Replace brake fluid Every 3 years that brake fluid level is between the *'19-6
upper and lower marks on the reservoir.
Replace pollen filter

Check the parking brake operation . *'19-5
* 121-29,
*'22-17
Check lights alignment
Check the position of the headlights . * 123-A157
Test drive (noise, stability, dashboard
operations)
---- -
Check for road stability, noise, vibrations
and dashboard operation. --
*1: Refer to shop manual: 95 HONDA CIVIC 5DOOR MAINTENANCE, REPAIR and CONSTRUCTION Code No. 62ST300.
* 4: These belts should normally be replace at the intervals shown in the maintenance schedule. (Normal Conditions)
Replace these belts at 75,000 km or 45,000 miles if you regularly drive your vehicle in one or more of these conditions.
In very high temperatures [43C (110F) above]
In very low temperatures [-29C (-20F) under]
-
Service at the indicated km x 1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 .45 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 105 112.5 120 SECTION
distance or time whichever miles x 1,000 4.5 9. 13.5 18 22.5 27 31.5 36 40.5 45 49.5 54 58.5 63 67.5 72 NOTES and
comes first. months 6. 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96" PAGE
Check for correct installation and posi-

. tion, check for cracks, deterioration, rust,
Visually inspect the following items: . and leaks. --
Chepk tightness of screws, nuts, and
If necessary, retighten. I
Checkrack grease and steering linkage.
I
Check the boot for damage and leaking
Tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots *'17-19
grease.
Check the fluid line for damage and leaks .
Suspension components Check the bolts for tightness.

Check the all dust cover .for deterioration
and damage.
. * 1 18-9, 10,
20,21
Check boots and boot band for cracks.

Driveshaft boots
Check rack grease.. * 16-3
1
Check the cylinder, proportioning

Brake hoses and lines (including ABS) control valve and ABS modulator for * 3 19-6
damage and leakage.
Exhaust system exhaust pipe and muffler for damage, * 29-7, 8, 9
leaks and tightness .

Check fuel lines for loose connections,
cracks and deterioration. Retighten loose
Fuel lines and connections * 3 11-A-63
connections and replace any damaged
'' parts.
Check for pres!?ure, puncture or cuts and
Tyre condition
irregular thread wear. --
Follow the Severe Maintenance Schedule if the customer's vehicle is driven MAINLY under one or more of the following conditions:
Driving less than 8 km (5 miles) per trip or, in freezing temperatures, driving less than 16 km (10 miles) per trip.
Driving in extremely hot [over 32C, (90F)] conditions.
Extensive idling or long periods of stop-and-go driving.
Trailer lowing, driving with a car-top carrier, or driving in mountainous conditions.
Driving on muddy', dust'{, or de-iced roads.
NOTE: If the customer's vehicle is driven OCCASIONALLY under severe condition, you should follow the.Normal Conditions Maintenance Schedule on pages 4-4 and 4-5.
I
'-I I
This Maintenance Schedule outlines the minimum required maintenance that you should perform to ensure the trouble-free operation of the customer's vehicle. 3:
-
I
00 Due to regional and climatic differences, some additional servicing may be required. r
Please consult the warranty handbook for a more detailed description.
s: ;:::,
r+
Service at the indicated km x 1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 SECTION 0 CD
distance or time whichever miles x 1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 NOTES and CL ;:::,
comes first.
Replace engine oil
months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84
96 108 120 PAGE
* 38-6
-
C'D
r
;:::,
Replace engine oil filter Every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 6 months *38-7 to 8-9
(")
Clean every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 6 months, and replace
CD
Cleaner replace air cleaner element
every 20,000 km (12,000 miles) or 12 months
*311-A-82
tn
Inspect valve clearance
Check the valve clearance.
*36-8, 9
*36-48, 49
C')
CD
Replace fuel filter
*311-A-74
*311-8-65 c.
Replace spark plugs
Inspect distributor cap, rotor and ignition wiring

Check for cracks, wear, damage and fouling.
*323-A-25
*123-A94
*36-15to 6-17
-
c
CD
Replace timing belt and inspect water pump
Check water pump for signs of seal leakage. *36-53 to 6-56
*110-10
* 117-20
Check for cracks and damage .
*122-33
*323-A-34
*311-A-61
Inspect idle speed and idle CO
*311-8-57, 58
11-C-78, 79
Check specific gravity for freezing point . *310-7, 8
Inspect PCV valve

Check the clicking sound of motion from the
PCV valve of idling.
*311-A-88
*311-8-86
Inspect ignition timing
Check the ignition timing.
Check the EVAPO control canister operation.
*123-A87
*311-A-89
Inspect evaporative emission control system
Check the hose for blockage, cracks or
disconnected.
*311-8-87
11-C-87
Check the EGR valve movement.
Inspect EGR system
Check the hose for blockage, .cracks or dis-
connected.
*311-8-81
Honda Genuine MTF

Genuine Honda ATF PREMIUM (Automatic
Transmission Fluid-PREMIUM) or DEXRON
II or Ill ATF.
*313-19
*314-2
Check the brake pad and disc thickness.

Check for damage or cracks.
*319-2, 3
Inspect front and rear brakes Check the brake linings for cracking, glaz-
Every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or6 months *119-11, 24,33
ing, wear, or contamination.
* 2 19-2, 3
Check the calipers for damage, leaks, and
---
tightness. -
km x 1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 SECTION
distance or time whichever miles x 1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 NOTES and
comes first. months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 PAGE

Use only DOT3 or DOT4*3 fluid. Check that
Replace brake fluid
brake fluid level is between the upper and
lower marks on the reservoir.
*119-6

Rotate tyres
Check the parking brake operation.
The suggested rotation method is shown in

*119-5
(Check tyre inflation and condition at least Rotate tyres every 10,000 km (6,000 miles)
the diagram of the Owner's Manual.
---
once per month)
Check for correct installation and position,
check for cracks, deterioration, rust, and leaks.
Visually inspect the following items:
Check tightness of screws, nuts, and joints. ---
If necessary, retighten.
Check rack grease and steering linkage.
Tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots Check the boot for damage and leaking grease. * 117-19
Check the fluid line for damage and leaks.
Every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 6 months Check the bolts for tightness.
*118-9, 10,
Suspension components Check the all dust cover for deterioration
20,21
and damage.
Check boots and boot band for cracks.
Driveshaft boots *116-3
Check rack grease.
Check the master cylinder, proportioning
Brake hoses and lines (including ABS) control valve and ABS modulator for damage *219-6
and leakage.
'
Check all hoses for damage, leaks or
*210-2, 3,
Cooling system hoses and connection deterioration.
4,5
Exhaust system
Check all hose clamps. Retighten if necessary .
exhaust pipe and muffler for damage, leaks *19-7, 8, 9
I
and tightness. I
Check fuel lines for loose connections, cracks
Fuel lines and connections and deterioration. Retighten loose connec- *211-A-63
- - -- - - - - -
'-tions and replace_any damaged parts.
I
(J) a
Engine
D14Z3, D14Z4, D15Z8, D16W3, D16W4 engines have been added.
For related information, refer to the information below.
D14Z3 engine is D14A2 engine.
D14Z4 engine is D14A5 engine.
D15Z8 engine is D15Z3 engine.
D16W3 engine is D16Y2 engine.
D16W4 engine is D16Y4 engine.
Fuel and Emissions
D14A6 Engine ........................................ 11-A-1

. D15Z8, B18C4 Engine ............................ 11-B-1
D14Z3, D14Z4, D16W3, D16W4
Engine .................................................. 11-C-1
D14A6 Engine
NOTE: Refer to the D14A6 engine information in the 1997 Civic 5door
Shop Manual (P/N: 62ST321).
015Z8, B18C4 Engine
NOTE: Refer to the D15Z8, B18C4 engine information in the 1997 Civic
Sdoor Shop Manual (P/N: 62ST321).
D14Z3, D14Z4, D16W3, D16W4 Engine
Special Tools ........................................ ................ 11-C-2 Idle Control System

Component locations System Description .............................................. 11-C-67
Index ................................................................. 11-C-3 Troubleshooting
System Description Idle Air Control Valve ...................................... 11-C-69
Vacuum Connections ...................................... 11-C-6 Starter Switch Signal ...................................... 11-C-73
Electrical Connections ..................................... 11-C-8 Air Conditioning Signal ................................... 11-C-74
Troubleshooting Alternator FR Signal ........................................ 11-C-76
Self-diagnostic Procedures ............................. 11-C-1 0 Brake Switch Signal ........................................ 11-C-77
Engine Control Module Arrangement ........... 11-C-16 Idle Speed Setting ................................................ 11-C-78
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Chart ............ 11-C-19
Fuel Supply System
PGM-FI System Fuel Pressure ......................................................... 11-C-80
System Description .............................................. 11-C-23 PGM-FI Main Relay ............................................... 11-C-81
Troubleshooting Flowchart
Engine Control Module ................................... 11-C-25 Air System
Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor .............. 11-C-30 Fuel Injection Air _Control System ....................... 11-C-84
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ...................... 11-C-33
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ............ 11-C-35 Emission Control System
Throttle Position Sensor ................................. 11-C-37 Three Way Catalytic Converter ........................... 11-C-86
Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor ..................... 11-C-40 Evaporative Emission Controls ........................... 11-C-87
'Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor ................ 11-C-44
Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater ....................... 11-C-47
Fuel Supply System ........................... ............. 11-C-49
Misfire Detected in One Cylinder ................... 11-C-51
Random Misfire ................................................ 11-C-54
Knock Sensor ................................................... 11-C-55
'TDC/CKP /CYP Sensor ..................................... 11-C-56
Vehicle Speed Sensor ..................................... 11-C-58
Barometric Pressure Sensor ........................... 11-C-59
CKF Sensor ............................ :.......................... 11-C-60
ECM Internal Circuit ........................................ 11-C-63
lock-up Control Solenoid Valve A/B ............. 11-C-64
A/T Gear Position/Sign!ll ................................ 11-C-65

D14Z3, D14Z4, D16W3, D16W4 engine has been added for KE, KG, KS models. For related information, refer to
the D14A6, D14A7, D14A8, 01682 engine information in the 1997 Civic 5 Door Shop Manual (P/N: 62ST321),
and changed following:
.-Component locations
- Vacuum Connections
. - Electrical Connections
- Troubleshooting guide
- Engine Control Module Terminal Arrangement
- Troubleshooting flowcharts
-Three way catalytic converter
- Evaporative emission controls
Special Tools
Ref. No Tool Number Description Qty Remark
CD 07PAZ- 0010100 SCS Short Connector

@ 07 406 - 0040002 Fuel Pressure Gauge Set 1
@-1 07 406 - 0040202 Fuel Pressure Hose Assembly (1) Component Tools
-1
11-C-2
Component Locations
Index THROTTLE POSITION ITP)

SENSOR
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE
CRANKSHAFT .Troubleshooting, page 11-C-37
POSITION/ PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR
TOP DEAD CENTER/ INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE Troubleshooting, page 11-C-30
CYLINDER . UAT) SENSOR IDLE AIR CONTROL UACI VALVE
POSITION Troubleshooting, page 11-C-33 [D16W4 engine (M/Tll
ICKP/TDC/CYPI SENSOR Troubleshooting, page 11-C-69
(Built into the distributor)
Troubleshooting, page 11-C-56
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION
(EVAPI PURGE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE
CRANKSHAFT SPEED
. FLUCTUATION (CKFI SENSOR
/ Troubleshooting, page 11-C-60
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSSI
Troubleshooting, page 11-C-58 KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
ENGINE COOLANT
LOCK-UP CONTROL SOLENOID TEMPERATURE IDLE AIR CONTROL (lAC) VALVE
VALVE(A/TI (ECTI SENSOR . [except D16W4 engine (M/Tll
Troubleshooting, page 11-C-64 Troubleshooting, page 11-C-35 Troubleshooting, page 11-C-71
PRIMARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
(PRIMARY H02SI (SENSOR 1I
THREE WAY CATALYTIC

CONVERTER ITWCI
SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN

SENSOR
!SECONDARY H02SI (SENSOR 21
tcont'dl
11-C-3
Component Locations
Index (cont'd)
FUEL GAUGE UNIT
FUEL TANK
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION '

(EVAPI TWO WAY VALVE :
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION
(EVAP) CONTROL CANISTER
FUEL FILL CAP
FUEL
PULSATION
DAMPER
FUEL PRESSURE
REGULATOR
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE IECM)

Troubleshooting Procedures, page 11-C-10 INERTIA SWITCH
Troubleshooting, page 11-C-10 Troubleshooting, page 11-C-81
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
PGM-FI
SERVICE CHECK CONNECTOR (2PI .MAIN RELAY
Troubleshooting Procedures, page Troubleshooting, page 11-C-81
The illustration shows LHO type. RHO The illustration shows LHO type. RHO
type is symmetrical. type is symmetrical.
11-C-4
THROTTLE BODY ITBI
POSITIVE CRANKCASE
,VENTILATION IPCVI VALVE
FUEL INJECTION AIR IFIAI

CONTROL VALVE (016W4 engine!.
Testing, page 11-C-87
11-C-5
System Description
Vacuum Connections
To EVAPORATIVE EMISSION
!EVAPI
TWO WAY VALVE
FUEL INJECTION AIR
IFIAI CONTROL VALVE (D16W4 engine)
MANIFOLD ABSOlUTE
. PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR
EVAPORATIVE
EMISSION (EVAPI
PURGE CONTROL
CANISTER
FRONT OF VEHICLE
EVAPORATIVE.
EMISSION !EVAPI
PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
FUEL PRESSURE
REGULATOR
11-C-6
[D16W4 engine (Mff)]
----_j
r--
i ==
: ENGINE _ . .
.1 COOLANT
L-----J
(D16W4 engine)
G) PRIMARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (PRIMARY H02S,. @ FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR

SENSOR 11 @ FUEL PUMP (FPI
SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (SECONDARY @FUEL TANK
H02S, SENSOR 21 @ FUEL TANK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION lEVAPI VALVE
@ MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR @ AIR CLEANER .
@ ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECTI SENSOR @ RESONATOR
@ INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IATI SENSOR @ POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION IPCVI VALVE
@ KNOCK SENSOR (KSI @)EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAPI PURGE CONTROL
CRANKSHAFT SPEED FLUCTUATION (CKFI SENSOR SOLENOID VALVE
@ IDLE AIR CONTROL (lAC) VALVE EVAPORATIVE EMISSION lEVAPI CONTROL CANISTER
@ THROTTLE BODY (TBI @ EVAPORATIVE EMISSION lEVAPI TWO WAY VALVE
@) FUEL INJECTOR @ THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER ITWCI
@ FUEL FILTER @ FUEL INJECTION AIR IFIAI CONTROL VALVE
@ FUEL PULSATION DAMPER .
System Description
Electrical Connections
PGM-A MAIN RELAY
FUEL PUMP
CYP
I}-=-'C:.:::.--t---<>---' SENSOR
TDC
SENSOR
CKP
IZ)-"!!!.!!'----f----o--' SENSOR
CKF
IJ-"'=--t----<>--' SENSOR
PRIMARY
H02S
SECONDARY
H02S
SERVICE CHECK
FUSES CONNECTOR
+B
CDBATTERY(100A)* .
UP(7.5A)* . .
IG(SOA)*
ECU(ECM)(7.5A)*. . .
SRS model: No.24 FUEL PUMP(15A)
Without SRS model: No.12 FUEL PUMP(15A) c
.
No.15 BACK UP LIGHTS(10A)
No.18 STARTER SIGNAL(7.5A)
*: in the under-hood fuse/relay box
**:in the fuse holder(located at the under-dash fuse/relay box)
11.::C-8
VCC1
02
VTEC SOlENOID VALVE
MAP MAP
SENSOR.
VTEC PRESSURE SWITCH*

2
IG1
B
THROTLE
ANGLE
SENSOR
IAT
SENSOR
BRAKEUGHT ECT
SENSOR
IMMOBILIZER LCA* 1
UNIT
LOCK-UP CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE A 01
01
LCB
LOCK-UP CONTROL
01
SOLENOID VALVE B
.,
ATPNP C
29
AfT GEAR
"POSITION
.A/C
SWITCH*I
SWITCH
BARO
SENSOR
(Built Into
the ECM) *1 :A/T
*2: D16W4 engine
*3: D16W4 engine (Mrr)
*4: except D16W4 engine (Mrr)
ECM CONNECTORS
C (31P) \
TERMINAL LOCATIONS
11
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Procedures
How To Begin Troubleshooting
When the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) has been reported on, or there is a driveability problem, use the appropriate
procedure below to diagnose and repair the problem.
A. When the MIL has come on:
1. Connect the Honda PGM Tester or a scan tool to the 16P Data Link Connector {DLC) located under the console on the
passenger side of the vehicle.
MALFUNCTION
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). INDICATOR
LAMP
3. Check the DTC and note it. Also check and note (MIL)
the freeze frame data.
4. Refer to the Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart and

begin troubleshooting.
NOTE:
See the scan tool or Honda PGM Tester user's manuals for specific operating instructions.
The scan tool or tester can read the Diagnostic Trouble Codes {DTC), freeze frame data, current data, and other Engine
Control Module {ECM) data.
Freeze frame data indicates the engine conditions when the first malfunction, misfire or fuel trim malfunction was
detected. It can be useful information when troubleshooting.
B. When the MIL has not come on, but there is a driveability problem, refer to the Symptom Chart on page 11-C-13.
C. DTCs will be indicated by the blinking of the Malfunction Indicator Lamp {MIL) with the SCS short connector connected.
Connect the SCS short connector to Service Check Connector as shown {the 2P Service Check Connector is located
under the dash on the passenger's side of the vehi,cle). Turn the ignition switch ON {II).
SCAN TOOL or
HONDA PGM TESTER
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (16P) The illustration shows

LHD type. RHD type is
symmetrical.
11-C-10
Engine Control Module (ECM) Reset Procedure
Either of the following actions will reset the ECM.
Use the scan tool or Honda PGM Tester to clear the ECM's memory.
NOTE: See the scan tool or Honda PGM Tester user's manuals for specific operating instructions.
Turn the ignition switch OFF. Remove the BACK UP (7.5 A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box for 10 seconds.
NOTE: Removing the BACK UP (7.5. A) fuse cancels the clock and the radio presets. Make note of the customer's pre-
sets so you can reset them.
UNDER-HOOD
FUSE/RELAV BOX
Final Procedure (this procedure must be done after any troubleshooting)

1. Remove the SCS short connector if it is connected.
NOTE: lfthe SCS short connector is connected and there are no DTCs stored in the ECM, the MIL will stay on when the
ignition switch is turned ON (II).
2. Do the ECM Reset Procedure.
3. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
Known-Good ECM Substitution

Use the following procedure if you need a known-good ECM to test a vehicle. It allows you to swap an ECM from a
"donor" vehicle without having to program it to the test vehicle's ignition key.
(cont'd)
11-C-11
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Procedures (cont'd)

1. Cut a temporary ignition key for the test vehicle with a non-immobilizer key blank.
2. Remove the ECM from the test vehicle.
3. Write the test vehicle's VIN on the ECM you just removed to avoid confusing it with the donor vehicle's ECM.
4. Remove the known-good ECM from the donor vehicle, and install it in the test vehicle.
5. Tape the donor vehicle's ignition key head-to-head to the test vehicle's temporary key. The ECM will recognize the code
from the donor vehicle's key and allow you to start the engine with the temporary key.
TEMPORARY
KEY
DONOR
KEY-
6. After completing your tests, reinstall both ECMs, and destroy the temporary key.
11-C-12
Symptom Chart
Listed below are symptoms and probable causes for problems that DO NOT cause the Malfunction indicator Lamp (MIL) to
come on: If the MIL was reported on, go to page 11-C-10.
Troubleshoot each probable cause in the order listed (from left to right) until the symptom is eliminated.
The probable cause and troubleshooting page reference can be found below.
SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE
Engine will not start .4, 2, .3. 5, 20, 14, 1

Hard starting 2, 4, 11, 16, 13, 19
Cold fast idle too low 7, 8, 6, 16
Cold fast idle too high 7, 8, 10,9
Idle speed fluctuates 7, 8, 10, 9
Misfire or rough running Troubleshoot for misfire on pages 11-C-51
Low power 2, 9, 10, 12, 17, 16, 18, 20
Engine stalls : 2, 4, 11, 7, 20, 8, 5, 15
Other Probable Causes for an engine that will not start:

-.Compression - Starting system - Inertia switch
- Intake air leakage - Overheating
- Engine locked up -,-- Battery
- Timing belt - Immobilizer system
Probable Cause List (For the DTC Chart, see page 111-C-19)
Cause .Page System

1 1 FC-25 Engine ControiModule (ECM).
2 11-C-80 Fuel pressure
3 11-C-81 . PGM-FI.main relay -
4 . Section 23 Ignition system .
5 11-C-56 Crankshaft Position(fop Dead Center/Cylinder Position sensor circuit; CKF sensor circuit
6 11-C-33 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor circuit
7 11-C-69, 71 Idle Air Control Valve
8 11-C-78 Idle speed adjustment ..
9 -- Throttle .body
10 -- Throttle cable
11 11-C-30 Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) sensor
12 11-C-37 Throttle Position (TP) sensor
13 11-C-59 Barometric pressure (BARO) sensor
14 11-C-65 . AfT gear position signal . '
15 11-C-77 Brake switch signal
16 -- Air Cleaner
17 -- Intake air pipe
18 11-C-86 Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)
19 11-C-88 Evaporative emission (EVAP) control
20 -- Contaminated fuel
(cont'd)
11-C-13
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Procedures (cont' d)
ECM/PCM Data
You can retrieve data from the ECM by connecting the scan tool or the Honda PGM Tester to the l6P data link connector
(DLC). The items listed in the table below can be indicated by both scan tool and Honda PGM tester. The Honda PGM Tester
also reads data beyond these items. Understanding this data may help you find the causes of intermittent problems.
NOTE:
The "operating values" given below are approximate values and may be differentdepending on the environment and
the individual vehicle. .
Unless noted otherwise, "at idle speed" means idling with the engine completely warmed up, AfT in position [E) or [ill,
MIT in neutral, and the A!C and all accessories turned off.
Data Description Operating Value Freeze Data

Diagnostic If the ECM detects a problem, it will store it as a code If no problem is
Trouble Code consisting of one letter and four numbers. there is no output. YES
(DTC)
Engine Speed The ECM computes engine speed from the signals sent Nearly the same as
from the Crankshaft Position sensor. tachometer indication.
This data is used for determining the time and amount of
fuel injection.
Vehicle Speed The ECM converts pulse signals from the Vehicle Speed Nearly the same as
YES
Sensor (VSS) into speed data. speedometer indication
Manifold The absolute pressure caused in the intake manifold by With engine stopped:
Absolute engine load and speed. Nearly the same as atmo-
Pressure (MAP) spheric pressure
YES
At idle speed:
24 - 37 kPa (:180 - 280
mmHg, 7.1:.... 11.0 inHg)
Engine Coolant The ECT sensor converts coolanttemperature into volt- With cold engine:
Temperature .age and signals the ECM. The sensor is a thermistor Same as ambient temper-
(ECT) whose internal resistance changes with coolant tempera- ature and IAT YES
ture. The ECM uses the voltage signals from the ECT sen- With engine warmed up:
sor to determine the amount. of injected fuel. 80- 90C (176- 194F)
Heated Oxygen The Heated Oxygen Sensor detects the oxygen content 0.0-1.25 v
Sensor (H02S) in the exhaust gas and sends voltage signals to the ECM. At idle speed: .
(Primary, Based on these signals, the ECM controls the air/fuel about 0.1 - 0.9 V
YES
Sensor 1) ratio. When the oxygen content is.high {that is, when the
(Primary
(Secondary ratio is than the stoichiometric ratio), the voltage
Sensor 1
Sensor 2) signal is lower.
only)
When the oxygen content is low (that is, when the ratio
is richer than the stoichiometric ratio), the voltage signal
is higher.
11-C-14
Data Description Operating Value Freeze Data
H02S Loop status is indicated as "open" or "closed". At idle speed: closed
Feedback Closed: Based on the H02S output, the ECM determines
Loop Status the air/fuel ratio and controls the amount of injected fuel.
YES
Open: Ignoring H02S output, the ECM refers to signals
from the TP, MAP, and ECT sensors to control the
amount of injected fuel.
Short Term The air/fuel ratio correction coefficient for correcting the 20%
Fuel Trim amount of injected fuel when H02S feedback is in the
closed loop status. When the signal from the H02S is
weak, short term fuel trim gets higher, and the ECM
increases the amount of injected fuel. The air/fuel ratio
YES
gradually gets richer, causing a higher H02S output.
Consequently, the short term fuel trfm is lowered, and
the ECM reduces the amount of injected fuel.
This cycle keeps the air/t'uel ratio close to the stoichio- ..
metric ratio when in closed loop status.
Long Term Long term trim is computed from short term fuel 20%
Fuel Trim .trim and indicates changes occurring rn the fuel supply'
system over a long period.
YES
If long term fuel trim is higher than 1.00, the amount of
injected fuel must be increased. If it is lower than 1.00,
the amount of injected fuel must be reduced.
Intake Air The IAT sensor converts intake air temperature into volt- With cold engine:
Temperature age and signals the ECM. When intake air temperature is Same as ambient temper-
YES
(fAT) low, the internal resistance of the sensor ature and ECT
increases, and the voltage signal is higher.
Throttle Based on the accelerator pedal positiol), the opening At idle speed:
YES
Position angle of the throttle valve is indicated. approx. 10%
Ignition Ignition timing is the ignition advance angle set by the At idle speed: 12 .2
Timing ECM. The ECM matches ignition timing to the driving BTDC with the SCS ser- . .NO
conditions. vice connector connected.
Calculated CLV is the engine load calculated from the MAP data. At idle speed:
Load Value 15-35%
(CLV) At 2,500 rpm (min- 1 ) with YES
no load:
12-30%
11-C-15
Troubleshooting
Engine Control Module Terminal Arrangement

ECM CONNECTOR A (32P.I
1/
1 2 3 4 5' 6 8 9 10 11
S02S
INJ4 INJ3 INJ2 INJ1 HTC P2SHTC VTSOL LG1 PG1 IGP1
L
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 22 23 24
1/ v 1/v /
IACV IACVN IACVP PCS FLR ACC MIL ICM LG2 . PG2 IGP2
L
25 26
LCB LCA
Wire side of female terminals

ECM CONNECTOR A (32P)
NOTE: Standard battery voltage is 12 V.
Terminal Wire
Terminal name Description Signal
number color
1 VEL INJ4 {No.4 FUEL INJECTOR) Drives No. 4 fuel _injector. With engine running: duty controlled
2 BLU INJ3 {No. 3 FUEL INJECTOR) Drives No. 3 fuel injector.
3 RED INJ2 {No.2 FUEL INJECTOR) Drives No. 2 fuel injector.
4 BAN INJ1 {No.1 FUEL INJECTOR) Drives No. 1 fuel_ injector.
S02SHTC {SECONDARY HEATED Drives secondary heated oxygen sen- With ignition switch ON {II): battery voltage
5 GRN/RED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CON- sor heater. With fully warmed up engine running: duty con-
TROLl trolled
P02SHTC {PRIMARY HEATED OXY- Drives primary heated oxygen sensor With ignition switch ON {II): battery voltage
6 BLK/WHT GEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL) heater. With fully warmed .up engine running: duty
controlled
VTSOL {VTEC SOLENOID VALVE) Drives VTEC solenoid valve. With engine at low engine speed: 0 V
8*' GRN/YEL
With engine at high engine speed: battery voltage
9 BRN/BLK LG1 {LOGIC GROUND) Ground for the ECM control circuit. Less than 1.0 Vat all times
10 BLK PG1 {POWER GROUNQ! Ground for the ECM power circuit.
IGP1 {POWER SOURCE) Power source for the ECM control With ignition switch ON {II): battery voltage
11 YEL/BLK
circuit. With ignition switch OFF: 0 V
12* 3 BLK/BLU IACV {IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE) Drives lAC valve. With engine running:duty controlled
IACV N (IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE Drives IACvalve {negative side). :
13*' ORN
NEGATIVE SIDE)
IACV P (IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE Drives lAC valve (positive side).
14*' BLK/BLU
POSITIVE SIDE)
PCS {EVAP PURGE GONTROL Drives EVAP purge control solenoid With engine running, engine coolant below
SOLENOID' VALVE) valve. 154F (68C): battery voltage
15 RED
With engine running, engine coolant above
154F {68C): duty controlled
FLR {FUEL PUMP RELAY) Drives fuel pump relay. 0 V for two seconds after turning ignition
16 GRNJYEL
switch ON (II)), then battery voltage
ACC {A/C CLUTCH RELAY) Drives A/C clutch relay. With compressor ON: 0 V
17 RED
With compressor OFF: battery voltage
MIL (MALFUNCTION INDICATOR Drives MIL. With MIL turned ON: 0 V
18 GRN/ORN
LAMP) With MIL turned OFF: battery voltage
ICM {IGNITION CONTROL MODULE) Sends ignition pulse. With ignition switch ON: battery voltage
20 YEL!GRN With engine running: about 10 V {depending on
engine speed)
22 BRN/BLK LG2 {LOGIC GROUND) Ground for the ECM control circuit. Less than 1.0 V at all times
23 BLK PG2 (POWER GROUND) Ground for the ECM power circuit.
IGP2 !POWER SOURCE) Power source for the ECM control cir- With ignition switch ON: battery voltage
24 YEL/BLK
cuit. With ignition switch OFF: 0 V
LC B {LOCK-UP CONTROL Drives lock-up control solenoid valve B. With lock-up ON: battery voltage
25* 1 GRN/BLK
SOLENOID VALVE B) With lock-up OFF: 0 V
LC A (LOCK-UP CONTROL Drives lock-up control solenoid valve A. With lock-up ON: battery voltage
26 VEL
SOLENOID VALVE A) With lock-up OFF: 0 V
*1: AfT
*2: D16W4 engine
*3: D16W4 engine (M/Tl
*4: except D16W4 engine (M/T)
11-C-16
ECM CONNECTOR C I31Pl
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10
scs
v
CKFP CKPP TDCP CVPP ACS STS K-LINE VBU
l!: L(
11 12 13 14 17 18
v v
CKFM CKPM TDCM CVPM ALTF VSS
lL I/ /
27 28 29
ATPD4 ATPD3
- ATPNP
ECM CONNECTOR C (31P)

Terminal Wire.
Terminal name Description .. Signal
number color
1 BLU/RED CKF P (CKF SENSOR P SIDE) Detects CKF sensor. With engirie running: pulses
2 BLU -CKP P (CKP SENSOR P SIDE) Detects CKP sensor. With engine running: pulses
3 GRN TDCP (TDC SENSOR P SIDE I Detects TDC sensor. With engine running: pulses
4 VEL . CYPP (CYP SENSOR P SIDE) Detects CYP sensor. With engine running: pulses
5 BLU/RED
ACS <A/C SWITCH SIGNAL)
.. - Detects A/C switch signal. With A/C switch ON: 0 V
With !>JC switch OFF: battery voltage
STS (STARTER SWITCH SIGNAL) Detects starter switch signal. With starter switch ON (Ill): battery voltage
6 BLU/WHT
With starter switch OFF: 0 V
SCS (SERVICE CHECK SIGNAL) Detects service check connector signal With the connector connected: 0 V
7 BRN
(the signal causing a DTC indication) With the connector disconnected: 5 V
Sends and receives Honda PGM-Tester With ignition switch ON (II): about 5 V
8 LT BLU K-LINE
signal.
VBU ()/OLTAGE BACK UP) Power source for the ECM control cir- Battery voltage at all times
WHT/BLU
10 cuit. Power source for the DTC mem-
(RHO: WHT/BLK)
ory.
11 WHT/BI:.U CKF M (CKF SENSOR M SIDE) Ground for CKF sensor signal.
Ground for CKP sensor signal.
..
12 WHT CKP M (CKP SENSOR M SIDE)
13 RED TDCM (TDCM SENSOR M SIDE) Ground for TDC sensor signal. -
14 BLK CYPM (CKP SENSOR M SIDE) Ground for CYP sensor signal.
VTM lVTEC PRESSURE SWITCH) Detects VTEC pressure switch signal. With engine at low engine speed: 0 V
15*2 BLU/BLK With engine at high engine speed: battery
voltage
ALTF (ALTERNATOR FR SIGNAL) Detects alternator FR signal. With fully warmed up engine running: 0 V-
17 WHT/RED
battery voltage (depending on electrical load)
VSS (VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR) Detects yss signal. With ignition switch ON (II)) and front wheels
18 BLU/WHT
rotating: cycles 0 V- 5 V
ATPD4 (A/T GEAR POSITION Detects A/T gear position switch signal. position: 0 V
27* 1 GRN/BLK
swn:cHI In any other position: battery voltage_
ATPD3 (A/T GEAR POSITION Detects A/T gear position switch signal. In@!] position: 0 V
28*' GRN/BLU
SWITCH) In any other position: battery voltage
ATPNP (A/T GEAR POSITION Detects A/T gear position switch signal. In ffi] or [f) position: 0 V
29*' GRN
SWITCH) In any other position: battery voltage
*1:A/T
*2: D16W4 engine
*3: D16W4 engine (MIT)
*4: except D16W4 engine (MIT)
(cont'd)
11-C-17
Troubleshooting
Engine Control Module Terminal Arrangement {cont'd)

ECM CONNECTOR D (16PI
'"""""'1" 2 3 4 5
TPS ECT MAP VCC1

, BKSW
/
6 7 '8 10 12
v
KS PH02S IAT VCC2 SG2 SG1
13 14
SH02S( SH02S

ECM CONNECTOR D I16P)
Terminal Wire Terminal
Description Signai
number color name
TPS (THROTTLE POSITION Detects TP sensor signal. With throttle fully open: about 4.8 V
1 RED/BLK SENSOR) With throttle fully closed: about.
0.05V
ECT (ENGINE COOLANT Detects ECT sensor signal. With ignition switch ON (II): about
2 RED/WHT TEMPERATURE SENSOR) 0.1 - 4.8 V (depending on engine
coolant temperature)
MAP (MANIFOLD ABSO- Detects MAP sensor signal. With ignition switch ON (II): about
LUTE PRESSURE SEN- 3V
3 RED/GRN
SORI At idle: about 1.0 V
_(depending on engine speed)
VCC1 (SENSOR Power source for MAP With ignition switch ON (II)): about
4 VEL/RED AGE) sensor. 5V
With ignition switch OFF: 0 V
BKSW (BRAKE SWITCH) Detects brake switch signal. With brake pedal released: 0 V
5 GRN/WHT With brake pedal depressed:
battery voltage
6*2 RED/BLU .KS (KNOCK SENSOR) Detects KS signal. With engine knocking: pulses
PH02S !PRIMARY HEAT- Detects primary heated With throttle fully opened from
ED OXYGEN SENSOR, oxygen sensor (sensor 11. idle with fully warmed up engine:
7 WHT/RED SENSOR 11 signal. above 0.6 V
With throttle quickly closed: below
0.4 v
IAT (INTAKE AIR TEMPER- Detects IAT sensor signal. With ignition switch ON (II): about
8 RED/VEL ATURE SENSOR) 0.1 - 4.8 V (depending on intake air
VCC2 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor voltage. With ignition switch ON (II): about
10 YEL/BLU 5V
With ignition switch OFF: 0 V
11 GRN/BLK SG2 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground. Less than 1.0 V at all times
12 GRN/WHT SG1 (SENSOR GROUND} Ground for MAP sensor. Less than 1.0 V at all times
SH02SG(SECONDARY Ground for secondary heat-
13 HEATED OXYGEN ed oxygen sensor (sensor 2).
RED/BLK
. SENSOR, SENSOR 2
GROUND)
S02S (SECONDARY Detects secondary heated With throttle fully opened from
HEATED OXYGEN oxygen sensor (sensor 21 idle with fully warmed up engine:
14 GRN SENSOR, SENSOR 2) signal. above 0.6 V
With throttle quickly closed: below
0.4 v
*1:A/T
*2: D16W4 engine
*3: D16W4 engine (Mfn
*4: except D16W4 engine (Mff)
11-C-18
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Chart
ore Detection Item Probable Cause Page
(MIL indication*)
Manifold Absolute Open or short in MAP sensor circuit
P0107 (3) Pressure Circuit MAP sensor 11-C-30
Low Input ECM
Manifold Absolute Open in MAP sensor circuit --
P0108 (3) Pressure Circuit MAP sensor 11-C-32
High Input ECM
Intake Air Short in IAT sensor circuit
P0112 (10) Temperature Circuit IAT sensor 11-C-33
Low Input ECM
Intake Air Open in IAT sensor circuit
P0113 (10) Temperature Circuit IAT sensor 11-C-34
High Input ECM
Engine Coolal)t Short in ECT sensor circuit
P0117 (6) Temperature Circuit ECT sensor 11-C-35
Low Input -- ECM
Engine Coolant Open in ECT sensor circuit
P0118 (6) Temperature Circuit ECT sensor 11-C-36
High Input ECM
.. ..
Throttle Position Open or short in TP sensor circuit
P0122 (7) Circuit TP sensor 11-C-37
Low Input ECM
Throttle Position Open in TP sensor circuit
P0123 (7) Circuit TP sensor 11-C-39
High Input ECM
Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor Short in Primary H02S (Sensor1) circuit
Circuit Low Voltage Primary H02S (Sensor 1)
P0131 (1) 11-C-40
(Sensor 1)' Fuel supply system
ECM
Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor Open in Primary H02S (Sensor 1) circuit
P0132 (1) Circuit High Voltage Primary H02S (Sensor 1) 11-C-42
-
(Sensor 1) ECM
Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor Primary H02S (Sensor1)
P0133 (61) Slow Response Exhaust system 11-C-43
(Sensor 1)
Primary Heated Oxygen Open or short in Primary H02S
Sensor Heater (Sensor 1) heater circuit .
P0135 (41) 11-C-47
Circuit Malfunction ECM
(Sensor 1)
Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor - Short in Secondary H02S (Sensor 2) circuit
P0137 (63) Circuit Low Voltage Secondary H02S (Sensor 2) 11-C-44
(Sensor 2) ECM
Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor Open in Secondary H02S (Sensor 2) circuit
P0138 (63) Circuit High Voltage Secondary H02S (Sensor 2) .. 11-C-45
(Sensor 2) ECM
. Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor Secondary H02S (Sensor 2)
P0139 (63) Slow Response 11-C-46
(Sensor 2)
*: These DTCs will be indicated by the blinking of the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) with the SCS short connector con-

(cont'd)
11-C-19
Troubleshooting
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Chart (cont'd)

DTC
Detection Item Probable Cause Page
(MIL indication)
Secondary Heated Oxygen . Open or short in Secondary H02S
Sensor Heater (Sensor 2) heater circuit
P0141 (65) 11-C-47
Circuit Malfunction ECM
(Sensor 2)
System Too Lean Fuel supply system
Primary H02S (Sensor 1)
MAP.sensor
P0171 (45) 11-C-49
Contaminated.fuel
Valve clearance
Exhaust leakage
System Too Rich Fuel supply system
Primary H02S (sensor 1)
P0172 (45) MAP sensor .. 11-C-49
Contaminated fuel
: Valve clearance '
P0300 Random Misfire Ignition system
and Fuel supply system
some of MAP sensor
P0301 EGR system 11-C-54
@
..
P0302 lAC valve
P0303 Contaminated fuel
P0304 Lack of fuel
-Cylinder 1 Fuel Injector
P0301
- Cylinder2 Fuel Injector circuit
P0302
P0303
P0304
(g) - Cylinder3
-Cylinder 4
Misfire Detected

Ignition system
Low compression
Valve clearance
11-C-51
Knock Sensor IKS) Circuit Open or short in Knock Senl?or (KS) cir-.
Malfunction cuit
P0325* 2
. (23) 11-C755
Knock Senso.r (KS) ..
ECM
Crankshaft Position Crankshaft Position Sensor
P0335 (4) Sensor Circuit Crankshaft Position Sensor circuit 11-C-56
Malfunction ECM
Crankshaft Position Crankshaft Position Sensor
P0336 (4) Sensor Timing belt skipped teeth 11-C-56
Range/Perform anee
Catalyst System Three Way Catalytic converter
P0420 (67) Efficiency Below Secondary H02S 11-C-86
Threshold
. A electrical problem in the EVAP EVAP Purge Control Solenoid Valve
Purge Control Solenoid Valve Open or short in EVAP Purge Control
P0443 (92) 11-C-88
Solenoid Valve circuit
ECM
Vehicle Speed Vehicle Speed Sensor
P0500 (17) Sensor Circuit . Vehicle. Speed Sensor circuit 11-C-58
Malfunction ECM ..
*2: D16W4 engine
11-C-20
DTC
(MIL indication!
Barometric ECM (Baro sensor.)

P1107 (13) Pressure Circuit 11-C-59
Low Input
Barometric ECM (Baro sensor)
P1108 (13) Pressure Circuit 11-C-59
High Input
VTEC Malfunction VTEC Solenoid Valve
.. Open or short in Y.TEC Solenoid
Valve circuit
P1259* 2 (22) VTEC Pressure Switch Section 6
.. Open or short in VTEC Pressure Switch
circuit
ECM
Crankshaft Speed CKF sensor '.
P1336 (54) Fluctuation Sensor 11-C-60

Intermittent Interruption
. Crankshaft Speed CKF sensor
P1337 (54) Fluctuation Sensor CKF sensor circuit 11-C-60
... ..
No Signal ECM
Crankshaft Position/Top CKP/TDC sensor circuit
P1359 (8) Dead Center Sensor 11-C-62
Disconnected
Top Dead Center TDC sensor
P1361 (8) Sensor Intermittent 11-C-56
Interruption
Top Dead Center TDC sensor
P1362 (8) Sensor No Signal TDC sensor circuit 11-C-56
ECM
(9) Cylinder Position Sensor CYP sensor

P1381 11-C-56
Intermittent Interruption
Cylinder Position Sensor CYP sensor
P1382 (9) No Signal CYP sensor circuit 11-C-56
ECM
Idle Air Control Valve lAC valve
P1508* 3 (14) Circuit Failure lAC valve circuit 11-C-69
ECM
Idle Air Control Valve Open or short in lAC valve circuit
P15Q9*4 (14) Circuit Failure lAC valve 11-C-71
ECM
*2: D16W4 engine
*3: D16W4 engine (M/T)
*4: except D16W4 engine (M!T)
(cont'd)
11-C-21
Troubleshooting
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Chart (cont'd)
DTC
(MIL indication)
Engine Control ECM

Module
P1607 (-) 11-C-63
Internal
Circuit Failure A
A!f Gear Position Switch A!f Gear Position Switch
P1705 (89)* 1 Circuit Failure A!f Gear Position Switch circuit 11-C-65
ECM
. A!f Gear Position Switch A!f Gear Position Switch
No Signal Disconnected A!f Gear Position Switch
P1706 (89)* 1 connector 11-C-65
A!f Gear Position Switch circuit
ECM
A!f Lock-up Control Lock-up Control Solenoid Valve A
P1753 (19)* 1 Solenoid Valve A Circuit Lock-up Control Solenoid Valve A circuit 11-C-64
Failure ECM
A!f Lock-up Control Lock-up Control Solenoid Valve B
P1758 (19)* 1 Solenoid Valve B Circuit Lock-up Control Solenoid Valve B circuit 11-C-64
Failure ECM
*1: A!f
11-C-22
PGM-FI System
System Description
INPUTS ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) OUTPUTS
'
CKP(rDC/CVP Sensor
CKF Sensor
MAP Sensor Fuel Injectors
PGM-FI Main Relay (F.uel Pump)
ECT Sensor
IAT Sensor IFuel Injector Timing and Duration I MIL
TP Sensor lAC Valve
Primary H02S
Secondary H02S
IElectronic idle Control I A!C Compressor Clutch Relay
Condenser Fan Relay
vss ICM
BARO Sensor IOther Control Functions I EVAP Purge Control Solenoid
Valve
KS* 2
Starter Signal -
ALT FR Signal
-IIgnition Timing Control I rA Primary H02S Heater
Secondary H02S Heater
Air Conditioning Signal
A/T Gear Position Signal
'Battery Voltage (IGN.1)
IV IECM Back-up Functions I Lf VTEC Solenoid Valve* 2
DLC
Lock-up Control Solenoid Valve*'
Brake Switch Signal. ..
VTEC Pressure Switch* 2
Immobilizer Signal
*1: A/T
*2: D16W4 engine
*3: D16W4 engine (M(r)
*4: except D16W4 engine (M/T)
PGM-FI System
The PGM-FI system on this model is a sequential multi port fuel injection system.
Fuel injector Timing and Duration

The ECM contains memories for the basic discharge durations at various engine speeds and manifold air flow rates. The
basic discharge duration, after being read out from the memory, is further modified by signals sent from various sensors
to obtain the final discharge duration.
Idle Air Control

Idle Air Control Valve (lAC Valve)
When the engine is cold, the A/C compressor is on, the transmission is in gear, the brake pedal is depressed, or the alter-
nator is charging, the ECM controls current to the lAC Valve to maintain the correct idle speed.
Ignition Timing Control

The ECM/PCM contains memories for basic ignition timing at various engine speeds and manifold air flow rates.
Ignition timing is also adjusted for engine coolant temperature.
A knock control system was adopted which sets the ideal ignition timing for the octane rating of the gasoline used. * 2
Other Control Functions

1. Starting Control
When the engine is started, the ECM provides a rich mixture by increasing fuel injector duration.
2. Fuel Pump Control
When the ignition switch is initially turned on, the ECM supplies ground to the PGM-FI main relay that supplies
current to the fuel pump for two seconds to pressurize the fuel system.
When the engine is running, the ECM supplies ground to the PGM-FI main relay that supplies current to the fuel pump.
When the engine is not running and the ignition is on, the ECM cuts ground to the PGM-FI main relay which cuts
current to the fuel pump.
(cont'd)
11-C-23
PGM-FI System
System Description (cont'd)

3. Fuel Cut-off Control
During deceleration with the throttle valve closed, current to the fuel injectors is cut off to improve fuel economy at
speeds over the 990 rpm (min- 1 ).
Fuel cut-off action also takes place at the following engine speeds*, regardless of the position of the throttle valve,
to protect the engine from over-revving.
B14Z3, D14Z4, D16W3 engine: 6,800 rpm (min-')
D16W4 engine: 6,900 rpm (min- 1)
With A/T model, when the yehicle stops, the ECM cuts the fuel at engine speed over 5,000 rpm (min-1).
4. A/C Compressor Clutch Relay

When the ECM receives a demand for cooling from the air conditioning system, it delays the compressor from being
energized, and enriches the mixture to assure smooth transition to the A/C mode.
5. Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Purge Control Solenoid Valve

When the engine coolant temperature is above 6soc (154F), the ECM controls the EVAP purge control solenoid valve
which controls vacuum to the EVAP purge control canister;
ECM Fail-safe/Back-up Functions
1. Fail-safe Function
When an abnormality occurs in a signal from a sensor, the ECM ignores that signal and assumes a pre-programmed
value for that sensor that allows the engine to continue to run.
2. Back-up Function
When an abnormality occurs in the ECM itself, the fuel injectors are controlled by a back-up circuit independent of the
system in order to permit minimal driving.
3. Self-diagnosis Function [Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL))

When an abnormality occurs in a signal from a sensor, the ECM supplies ground for the MIL and stores the DTC in
erasable merpory. When the ignition is initially turned on, the ECM supplies ground for the MIL for two seconds to
check the MIL bulb condition.
4. Two Driving Cycle Detection Method

To prevent false indications, the "two driving cycle detection method" is used for the TWC deterioration detection
and other self-diagnostic functions. When an abnormality occurs, the ECM stores it in its memory. When the same
abnormality recurs after switch is turned OFF and ON (II) again, the ECM informs the driver by turning on the MIL.
11-C-24
Engine Control Module (ECM)
NOTE:
The Malfunction Indicator Lamp If this symptom is intermittent, check for:
(MILl never comes on (even for - A loose ECU (ECM) (15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box
two seconds) after ignition is - A loose No. 15 BACK UP LIGHTS (10 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box
turned ON {II). - A loose No. 24 (without SRS model: No. 12) FUEL PUMP {15 A) in the under-dash
fuse/relay box
- An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM (A18) and the. gauge assembly
- An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM (04) and the MAP sensor
- An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM (010) and the TP sensor
- PGM-FI main relay
1:r
Check the inertia switch:
INERTIA SWITCH 3P CONNECTOR
1. Press the inertia switch but-
ton.
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
IG1
(BLK/ 1 3 INERTIA
SWITCH
I YELl . (BLK/RED)
Does the MIL come on for two YES Intermittent failure, system is OK
seconds after ignition switch
at this time. -
turned ON (II)? JUMPER WIRE
NO
Check the inertia switch: "
1. Disconnect the inertia switch '

3P connector.
2. Connect the inertia switch 3P
connector terminals No. 1 and
No. 3 with a jumper wire.
Does the MIL come on for two YES 1

seconds after ignition switch Replace the inertia switch.
turned ON (II)? -
I
NO
..
Check the fuse: -
I Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
- Repair short in the. wire
between No. 15 BACK UP
NO
Is the low oil pressure light on?
LIGHTS (10 AI fuse and gauge I
11 2 3 4 5 &L_ 8 9 10 11
assembly.
112113 14 15 16 17 18 L_ 20 22L. 23 24
YES - Replace No. 15 BACK UP
LIGHTS (10 AI fuse.
25 26 L. lJ:::L_ L_ L. L
Check the engine starting:
Try to start the engine.
Check for an open in the wire or
1 MIL CGRN/ORNl
JUMPER WIRE
bulb (MIL line):
YES 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Wire side of female
Do_es the engine start? terminals
2. Connect the ECM connector
terminal A18 to body ground.
NO
I - Repair open wire between the
NO ECM (A 181 and the gauge
Is the MIL on?
assembly.
I YES
- Replace the MIL bulb.
Substitute a known-good ECM

and recheck (see page 11-C-11
for immobilizer information). If
symptom/indication goes away,
replace the original ECM. {cont'd)
(To page 11-C-26)
11-C-25
PGM-FI System
Engine Control Module (ECM) (cont'd)
(From page 11-C-251
I
Check the fuse:
2. Inspect ECU (ECM) (15 A) fuse
in the under-hood fuse/rel'ay
box.
- Repair short in the wire
I NO
between the ECU {ECMJ {15
AI fuse and the PGM-Fl main
Is the fuse, OK?
relay.
I YES
- Replace ECU (ECMI (15 AI
fuse.
Check the fuse:

Inspect the No. 24 (without SRS
model: No. 12) FUEL PUMP (15 AI
fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay
box.
between the No. 24 (without
I NO
SRS model: No. 121 FUEL
PUMP (15 A) fuse and the
Is the fuse OK?
PGM-FI main relay.
l YES
- Replace No. 24 (without SRS
model: No. 12) FUEL PUMP
(15 A) fuse.
Check for an open in the wires
IIGP1, IGP21ines): IGP1
1. Disconnect the fuel injectors, (YEL/BLKJ
EVAP purge control solenoid
valve and lAC valve connec-
tors.
3. Measure voltage between
body ground and ECM con-
nector terminals A11, A24
individually.
Wire side of
I I
? ?
I NO
- Repair open in the wire(sl
between ECM (A11, A24l and
PGM-FI main relay.,
female term'mals
Is there battery voltage?

- Check for poor connections
I YES
or loose wires at the PGMFI
main relay.
Check for an open in the wires LG1

(LG1, LG2 lines): !BAN/
1. Reconnect all the sensor con- BLKI
nectors.
2. Reconnect ECM connector A
(32P) to the ECM.
4. Measure voltage between body
ground and ECM'connector
terminals A9, A22 individually.
I NO Repair open in the wire(sl

Is there less than 1.0 V? between the ECM (A9, A221 and
G101.
I YES
(To page 11-C-27)
11-C-26
(From page tt-C-261
ECM CONNECTOR D 116Pl
I
Checkfor a short in the wires VCC1 (YEL!REDI
(VCC1, VCC21ines): r
Measure voltage between body
ground and ECM connector termi-
-1 2 3 4 DJ
nals 04 and 010 individually. 6 7 81/ 10 ul 12 I
Check for a short in a sensor ..

While measuring voltage between
13 14
VCC2
IYELIBLUI
,..
/
tl @
....I
body ground and ECM connector
NO terminals 04 and 010 individually,
Is there approx. 5 V? Wire side of female terminals
disconnect the 3P connector of
eacti sensor one at time:
YES
MAP sensor
TP sensor
I NO Repair short in the wire between

Is there approx. 5 V? MAP sensor, TP sensor and ECM
Substitute a known-good ECM (04,0101.
I YES
replace the original ECM. Replace the sensor that"
approx. 5 V.
(cont'dl
.11-C-27
PGM-FI System
Engine Control Module (ECM) (cont'd)
NOTE:
The Malfunction Indicator Lamp When there is no Diagnostic Trouble Code (0TC} stored, the MIL will stay on if the SCS short
(MILl stays on or comes on after connector is connected and the ignition switch is ON !Ill. .
two seconds. If this symptom is intermittent, check for:
- An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM (C7) and the service check connector.
- An intermittent short in the wire between the ECM lA 18) and the gauge assembly.
Check the DTC by MIL indication:

2. Connect the SCS short con-
nectar to the service check ..
connector.
YES Go to troubleshooting procedures

Does the MIL indicate any DTC?
(see page 11-C-10).
NO
Check the engine starting:

1. Remove the SCS short con-
nectar from the service check
connector.
2. Try to start the engine.
Substitute a known-good ECM.

NO and'recheck (see page 11-C-11
Does the engine start? for immobilizer information). If
YES replace the original ECM.
ECM CONNECTOR C (31Pl
Check for a short in the wire
!SCSiine): SCS (BRN)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF
and turn the ignition switch
ON (II).
body ground and the ECM
connector terminal C7.
Wire side offemale terminals
NO Repair short to body ground in

Is there battery voltage? the wire between ECM (C7) and
service check connector.
YES
(To page 11-C-29}
11-C-28
(From page 11-C-28)
I
Check for a short in the wire (MIL
line):
2. Disconnect the ECM connector
A(32P).
I YES Repair short to body ground in

Is the MIL ON? the wire between the ECM (A18)
and MIL.
I NO

replace the original ECM.
11-C-29
System
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor
1 PO,OJ\ The scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P0107: A low voltage (high vacuum) problem in the
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) sensor.
The MAP sensor converts manifold absolute pressure into electrical signals and inputs the ECM.
OUTPUT
VOLTAGE
!Vl3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0 lin.Hg) GAUGE
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 READING
(mmHg)
- The MIL has been reported on.

- DTC P0107 is stored.
I
Problem verification:
2. Check the MAP with the scan
tool.
I YES
Intermittent failure, system is OK
Is approx. 101 kPa (760 mmHg, 30 at this time. Check for poor con-
in.Hg) or 1.0 V indicated? nections or loose wires between
the MAP sensor and ECM.
!NO MAP SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR
Check for an open in wire !VCC1

line):
2. Disconnect the MAP sensor
3P connector.
4. Measure voltage between the
MAP sensor connector No. 1
terminal and No. 2 terminal.

I NO Repair open in the wire between
Is there approx. 5 V?
l ECM (041 and MAP sensor.
I YES
(To page 11-C-31)
11-C-30
(From page 11-C-30)
I
Check for an open or short in the
MAP sensor:
Check the MAP with the scan
tool.
I
NO
I
Is 2 kPa (15 mmHg, 0.6 1
Replace the MAP sensor.
in.Hg) or less indicated? l
I YES MAP SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR

(MAP line):
2. Disconnect the ECM connec-
tor D (16P).
3. Check for continuity between
the MAP sensor connector No. 3
terminal and body ground.

I YES I Repair short in the wire between
Is there continuity?
I ECM (03) and MAP sensor.
I
I NO
and recheck (see page 11-C-11 for
immobilizer information). If nor-
mill MAP is indicated, replace the
original ECM.
(cont'd)
11-C-31
PGM-FI System
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor (cont'd)
1 P0 0SI The scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code IDTC) P0108: A high voltage (low vacuum) problem in the
1
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) sensor.

- OTC P0108 is stored.
I
1. Start the engine. Hold the
engine at 3,000 rpm (min-') with
no load (AfT in [ID or [f) position,
MIT in neutral) until the radiator
fan comes on, then let it idle.
tool.
Is 101 kPa (760 mmHg, 30.0 in.Hg), NO at this time. Check for poor con- MAP SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR
1.0 V or higher indicated? nections or loose wires between
the MAP sensor and ECM.
I YES
Check for an open in the MAP
sensor:
2. Disconnect the MAP sensor
3P connector.
3. Install a jumper wire between
the MAP sensor 3P connector JUMPER WIRE
terminals No. 3 and No. 2.
4. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). Wire side of female terminals
tool.
Is 101 kPa (760 mmHg, 30.0 in.Hg), NO

1.0 V or higher indicated?
I YES
Check for an open in wire (SG1 line):
1. Remove the jumper wire.
MAP sensor 3P connector ter-
minals No. 1 and No. 2.
NO Repair open in the wire between
Is th'ere approx. 5 V?
ECM (012) and MAP sensor.
I YES ECM CONNECTOR C (16Pl
Check for an in the wire
(MAP line):
JUMPER WIRE
2. Connect the ECM connector
terminals 03 and 012 with a
jumper wire;
4. Check the MAP with the scan '
tool.
Is 101 kPa (760 mmHg, 30.0 in.Hg), NO Repair open in the wires between Wire side of female terminals
1.0 V or higher indicated? ECM (03) and MAP sensor.
I YES
mal MAP is indicated, replace the
original ECM.
11-C-32
Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
1 P0 1 The scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P0112: A low voltage (high temperature) problem in the
112 Intake Air Temperature OAT) sensor circuit. . .
The IAT Sensor is a temperature dependant resistor (thermistor). The resistance of the thermistor decreases as the intake
air temperature increases as shown below.
RESISTANCE lkO)
- DTC P0112 is stored. 20
. 10
' s' '

ttn'\
1\ S\"1 I
!"-
Problem verification: -
p 0.5
I '
2. Check the IAT with the scan
0.1
tool.
-20 0 20 .0 10 10 100 120 t Cl
-4 32 . . 104 178 212 Me ( 0
"
- THERMISTOR INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
Is 150C (302F) or higher (or NO

H-Limit*') or 0 Vindicated?
I
YES Is the correct ambient temper- NO 1
ature indicated* 2 ? I Replace the IAT sensor.
I
Checkfor a short in the IAT sen- I YES
sor:
1. Disconnect the IAT sensor con- Intermittent failure, system is OK
nector. at this time. Check for poor con-
2. Check the IAT with the scan nections or loose wires between
tool. the IAT sensor and ECM.

Replace the IAT sensor.
H-Limit*'J or 0 Vindicated?
IAT SENSOR 2P CONNECTOR
YES
Check for a short in the wire IIAT
line):
2. Disconnect. the ECM con-
nector D (16P). f.l IAT
3. Check for continuity between . "'= . IRED/YELl
the IAT sensor 2P connector ter-
minal No. 2 and body ground.
I Wire side of female terminals
YES I Repair short in the wire between
I ECM (08) and IAT sensor.
I
NO

and recheck (see page 11-C-11 for ..
mal IAT is indicated, replace the
original ECM.
*1: With Honda PGM Tester in Honda mode.

*2: If the engine is warm, it will be higher than ambient temperature.
(cont'd)
11-C-33
PGM-FI System
Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor (cont'd)

/ P0 / The scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P01 13: A high voltage (low temperature) problem in the
113
Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor circuit.

I
tool.
I
intermittent failure, system is OK
Is -20C {-4F) or less {or L-Limit*) NO at this time. Check for poor con-
or 5 V indicated? nections or loose wires between
the IAT sensor and ECM.
I YES
Check for an open in the IAT sen- . IAT SENSOR 2P CONNECTOR
sor:
1. Disconnect the IAT sensor 2P
connector.
2. Connect the IAT sensor 2P con-
nectar terminals No. 1 and SG2 ...
No. 2 with a jumper wire. (GRN/BLK;cr (RED/VEL)
3. Check the intake' air tempera-
JUMPER
ture with the scan tool.
WIRE
I Wire side of female terminals
Is -20C {-4F) or less (or L-Limit*) NO 1

Replace the IAT sensor.
or 5 V indicated? I
I YES
Check for an open in the wires ECM CONNECTOR D {16Pl
(IAT, SG21ines):
2. Connect ECM connector termi-
nals DB and 011 with a jumper
wire.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON {II).
tool.
.I JUMPER WIRE
NO Wire side of female terminals

Is -20C (-4F) or less (or L-Limit*) Repair open in the wires between
or 5 V indicated?
I ECM (08, 011) and IATsensor.
I YES
and recheck {see page 11-C-11 for
mal IAT is indicated, replace the
original ECM.
*: With Honda PGM Tester in Honda mode.
11-C-34
Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
1 P0 1 The scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code {DTC) P0117: A low voltage {high temperature) problem in the
117
. Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor circuit. .
The ECT Sensor is a temperature dependant resistor (thermistor). The resistance of the thermistor decreases as the engine
coolant temperature increases as shown below.
RESISTANCE
- The MIL has been reported on. {K!ll
- DTC P01 17 is stored. 20 ..--r--.---r---,
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II}.
2. Check the ECT with the scan
tool.
0.1
THERMISTOR -20 0 20 eel 10 10 1o0 120 I 'C)
-4 32 sa 104 14o 11s 212 24& ( 'F)
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

Is 150C (302F) or higher (or NO at this time. Check for poor con-
H-Limit*) indicated? nections or loose wires between
the ECT sensor and ECM.
YES
Check for a short in the ECT sen-
sor:
1. Disconnect the ECT sensor 2P
connector.
tool.

Replace the ECT sensor.
H-Limit*) indicated?
ECT SENSOR 2P CONNECTOR
YES
(ECT line):
2. Disconnect the ECM/PCM con-
nector C (31 P).
the ECT sensor 2P connector ter-
minal No. 1 and body ground.
NO and recheck (see page 11-C-11 for
Is there continuity? immobilizer information). If nor-
mal ECT is indicated, replace the
YES original ECM.
Repair short in the wire between

ECM (021 and ECT sensor.
(cont'd)
11-C-35
PGM-FI System
Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor (cont'd)

1 P0 1 The scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P0118: A high voltage (low temperature) problem in .the
118 Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor circuit.

- IOTC P0118 is stored.
I
tool.
I Intermittent failure, system is OK

Is -20C (-4F) or less (or L-Limit*) NO at this time. Check for poor con-
indicated? - '
nections or loose wires between
the ECT sensor and ECM.
I YES ECT SENSOR 2P CONNECTOR
Check for an open in the ECT 5en-
sor:
1. Disconnect the ECT sensor
2P connector.
2. Connect the ECT sensor 2P
No.2 with a jumper wire .
3. .Check the ECT with the scan
tool.
I
Is -20C (-4F) or less (or L-Limit*) NO
Replace the ECT sensor.
indicated? I
I YES ECM CONNECTOR 0 (16P)
Check for an open in the wires .. JUMP,ER WIRE

(ECT, SG2 lines):
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF: SG2 (GRN/BLK)
2. Connect ECM connector termi-
nals D2 and 011 with a jumper
wire.
tool.
I
Is -20C (-4F) or less (or L-Limit*) NO Repair open in the wires between
indicated? ECM (02, 011) and ECT sensor.
-
I YES
mal ECT is indicated, replace the
original ECM.
11-C-36
Throttle Position (TP) Sensor
/ P0 / The scan Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P0122: A low voltage problem in the Throttle Position
122 (TP) sensor c1rcu1t.
The TP Sensor is a potentiometer. It is connected to the valve shaft. As the throttle position cha'nges, the throttle
position sensor varies the voltage signal to the ECM. ,
- The MIL has !een reported on. BRUSH

- DTC is stored. HOLDER
OUTPUT VOLTAGE lVI
;7THROTIU
2. Check the throttle position
with the scan tool.
O -- OPENING
IDLE FULL
THROTTLE
TP SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR
Is there approx. 10% when the Intermittent failure, system is OK
throttle is fully closed and YES at this time. Check for poor con-
approx, 90% when the throttle nections or loose wires between
is fully opened? the l!'P sensor and ECM.
SG2 VCC2
NO (GRN/BLI{) (YEL/BLU)
Check for an open 'in the wire

(VCC2 line):
1, Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the TP sensor 3P
connector.
Wire' side of female terminals
the TP sensor 3P connector ter-
minals No. 1 and No.3.
ECM CONNECTOR D (16Pl
NO
YES
Check for an open in wire (VCC2
line):
Measure voltage between ECM SG2 (GRN/BLKJ
connector terminals 0101and 011.
Check for an open or short in TP
sensor:
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Is there approx. 5 V?
2. At the sensor side, measure
resistance between the TP sen- NO
- sor terminals No. 1 and No. 2
with the throttle fully closed. Substitute a known-good ECM
prescribed voltage is now avail-
(To page 11-C-38)
able, replace the original ECM.
Terminal side of male terminals
(cont'd)
11-C-37
PGM-FI System
Throttle Position (TP) Sensor (cont'd)
(From page 11-C-37)
I . NO
Is there approx. 0.5- 0.9 kn? Replace the throttle body. TP SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR
I
I YES
TP sensor:
Measure resistance between the
TP sensor terminal No. 2 and
No.3 with the throttle fully closed.
I NO I Terminal side of male terminals

Is there approx. 3.6- 5.4 kn? Replace the throttle body.
I
I YES
Check for an open in the ECM

(TPS line):
1. Reconnect the TP sensor 3P
connector.
ECM connector terminals D1 ECM CONNECTOR D (16PJ
andD11. ..
TPS(RED/ SG2 (GRN/BLKJ
I Substitute' a known-good ECM

BLKJ
Is there approx. 0.5 V when the and recheck (see page 11-C-11
throttle is fully closed and YES
approx. 4.5 V when the throttle prescribed voltage is now avail-
is fully opened? able, replace the original ECM.
l NO

ECM (01) and TP sensor.
11-C-38
lp 1 The scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P0123: A high voltage problem in the Throttle Position
0123
(TP) sensor circuit.

I
1. Turn the ignition switch ON (It).
2. Check the throttle position
with the scan tool.
j
TP SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR
Is there appro><. 10% when the Intermittent failure, system is OK
throttle is fully closed and YES at this time. Check for poor con-
approx. 90o/o when the throttle nections or loose wires between
is fully opened? the TP sensor and. ECM.
I NO
for an open in the TP sen-

sor:
2. Disconnect the TP sensor 3P
connector.
4. At the harness side, measure
voltage between the TP sensor
3P connecter terminals No. 1
and No.3.
I YES
Is there approx. 5 V? Replace the throttle body.
I NO
Check for an open in the wire

(SG21inel:
Measure voltage between ECM
connector terminals 010 and 011.
ECM CONNECTOR D !16PI
I YES Repair open in the wire between

ECM {011) and TP sensor.
I NO
Substitute a known-good ECM SG2 {GRN/BLKI

able, replace the original ECM.
11-C-39
PGM-FI System
Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Primary H02S) (Sensor 1)
The Heated Oxygen Sensor (H02S) .detects the oxygen content in the exhaust gas and signals the ECM. In operation, the
ECM/PCM receives the signals from the sensor and varies the duration during which fuel is injected. To stabilize the sen-
sor's output, the sensor has an internal heater. The Primary H02S (Sensor 1) is installed in the exhaust manifold.
HOZS:
VOLTAGE (VI . STOICHIOMETRIC
SENSOR
AIR-FUEL RATIO
TERMINALS
+-
RICH +- AIR- -+ LEAN

HEATER
FUEL
RATIO
\ P0131 1 The sca!'l tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTCl P0131: A low voltage problem in the Primary Heated
Oxygen Sensor (H02S) (Sensor 1) circuit.
- The II/IlL has been reported on.

I
engine at 3,000 rpm (min-') -
with no load (AfT in [ffi or [f)
position, Mff in neutral) until
the radiator fan comes on.
3. Check the Primary H02S
(Sensor 1) output voltage with
the scan tool during accelera-
tion using wide open throttle.
I NO
at this time. Check for poor con-
Does the vo_ltage stay at 0.5 V nections or loose wires between
or less? the Primary H02S (sensor 1) and
I YES
ECM.
Check the fuel pressure.
I NO I
Is it normal? Repair fuel supply system.
I J
I YES
(To page 11-C-41)
11-C-40
'1:','
(From page 11-C-40}
I
Check for a short in .the H02S:
2. Disconnect the Primary H02S
(Sensor 1} 4P connector.
3. Start the engine and let it idle.
(Sensor 1} output voltage with
the scan tool.
I NO Replace the Primary H02S

PRIMARY H02S (Sensor 1l 4P CONNECTOR
Does it stay at 0.5 V or less?
(Sensor 11.
PH02S
I YES
RED)
1 2
IPH02S line}: 0 3 4
0 (16P}.
3. Check for continuity between --
-Wire side
. of . female terminals
the Primary H02S (Sensor 1)
4P connector terminal No. 1
and body ground.
I YES Repair short in the wire between

Is there continuity? ECM (011) and Primary H02S
(Sensor 1).
I NO

(cont'dl
11-C-41
PGM-FI System
Primary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Primary H02S) (Sensor 1) (cont'd)
1 P0 132 1 The scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P0132: A high voltage problem in the Primary Heated
Oxygen Sensor (Primary H02S) (Sensor 1) circuit.

- DTCP0132is stored.
I
engine at 3,000 rpm (min- 1 )
with no load (AfT in [ffi or [E]
position, Mff in neutral) until
the scan tool during decelera-
tion using completely closed
throttle.
Does the voltage stay at 1.5 V NO at this time. Check for poor con-
or more? nections or loose wires between
the Primary H02S (Sensor 1) and
I YES ECM.
PRIMARY H02S (Sensor 114P CONNECTOR
Check for an open in the Primary
H02S:
JUMPER WIRE
2. Disconnect the Primary H02S SG2
(Sensor 1) 4P connector. P H 0 2 S m (GRN/
(WHT/
3. Connect the Primary H02S RED) BLKI
1 2 .
(Sensor 1) 4P connector termi-
nals No. 1 and No. 2 with a
3 4
jumper wire.
the scan tool.
I
NO I Replace the Primary H02S
Is there 1.5 V or more?
I YES
(Sensor 1).
I ECM CONNECTOR D (16P)
JUMPER WIRE
Check for an open in the wire PH02S
(PH02S line): IWHTI ...-------, SG2 IGRN/BlKI
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. RED)
2. Connect ECM connector ter-
minals D7 and D11 with a
jumper wire.
the scan tool. Wire side of female terminals
'
I Repair open in the wire between
NO
Is there 1.5 V or more? ECM (07) and Primary H02S
(Sensor 1).
I YES
11-C-42
/ P0 / The scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P0133: A slow response problem .in the Primary Heated
133 Oxygen Sensor (Primary H02S) (Sensor 1) circuit.
Description
By controlling the air/fuel ratio with a Primary H02S (Sensor 1l and a Secondary H02S (Sensor 2), the deterioration of the
Primary H02S (Sensor 1) can be evaluated by its feedback period. When the feedback period of the H02S exceeds a cer-
tain value during stable driving conditions, the sensor will be judged as deteriorated.
When deterioration has been detected during two consecutive trips, the MIL comes on and DTC P0133 will be stored.
NOTE: If DTC P0131, P0132 and/or P0135 are stored at the same time as DTC P0133, troubleshoot those DTCs first, then
troubleshoot DTC P0133.
Possible Cause
Primary H02S (Sensor 1) Deterioration
Primary H02S Heater (Sensor 1) Deterioration
Exhaust system leakage

Problem Verification:
2. Connect the scan tool.
with no load (AfT in ffil or
position, M(T in neutral) until
nector.
5. Test-drive under following
conditions.
- A!T in rnposition (MfT in
4th gear)
- Accelerate decelerate for at
least 5 seconds with the
throttle completely closed.

NO at this time. Check for poor con-
Is DTC P0133 indicated? nections or loose wires between
the Primary H02S !Sensor 11 and
ECM.
YES .
Replace the Primary H02S (Sen-

sor 1).
11-C-43
PGM-FI System
Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary H02S} (Sensor 2}

1 P0 1 The scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTCI P0137: A low voltage problem in the Secondary Heated
137
Oxygen Sensor (Secondary H02SI (Sensor 2) circuit. . .-.

- DTC P0137 is stored..
I
2. Start the e11gine. Hold the
engine at 3,000 rpm (min-')
with no load (AfT in llil or [eJ
position, M!T in neutral) until
3. With the scan tool, .check the
Secondary H02S (Sensor 2)
output voltage at 3,000 rpm
(min-').
l Intermittent failure, system is OK

Does the voltage stay at 0.3 V NO
or less?
the Secondary H02S (Sensor 21
I YES
andECM.
Check for a short in the Secondary

H02S:
2. Disconnect the Secondary
H02S (Sensor 2) 4P connector.
3. Start the engine.
4. Check the Secondary H02S
(Sensor 2) output with the scan
tool.
l NO
Does the voltage stay at 0.3 V
Replace the Secondary H02S. SECONDARY H02S (Sensor 21
or less? 4P CONNECTOR
I YES
SHOiS
(GRNI r---'--r-'---,
Check for a short in the wire 2
(SH02S line):
3 4
2. Disconnect the ECM con-
nectar D (16P).
the Secondary H02S (Sensor Wire side of female terminals
2) 4P connector terminal No. 1
and body ground.

Is there continuity? ECM 1014) and Secondary H02S
(Sensor2).
I NO
immobilizer information). If
11-C-44
1 PO, lSI The scan tool indicates. Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P0138: A high voltage problem in the Secondary Heated
Oxygen Sensor (Secondary H02S) (Sensor 2) circuit.

I
with no load (AfT in 00 or [E)
position, M(T in neutral) until
3. With the scan tool, check the
Secondary H02S (Sensor 2) out-
put voltage at 3,000 rpm (min- 1).

SECONDARY H02S (Sensor 2)
4P CONNECTOR
Does the voltage stay at 0.6 V NO
or more? the Secondary H02S (Sensor 2) . JUMPER WIRE
I YES andECM.
SH02S SH02SG
Check for an open in the Secondary (GRN) (RED/BLK)
1 2
H02S:
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 3 4 .
2. Disconnect the Secondary
H02S (Sensor 2) 4P connector.
3. Connect the Secondary H02S Wire side of female terminals
(Sensor 2) 4P connector ter-
minals No. 1 and No. 2 with a
jumper wire.
5. Check the Secondary H02S
(Sensor 21 output voltage with
the scan tool.
I NO Replace the Secondary H02S

Is there 0.6 V or more?
(Sensor2).
I YES
Check for an open in the wire ECM CONNECTORS D (16P)
(SH02S line):
2. Connect ECM connector ter-
minals D13 and D14 with a
jumper wire.
4. Check the Secondary H02S SH02SG
(Sensor 2) output voltage IRED/ .
with the scan tool. BLK)
JUMPER WIRE
Is there 0.6 V or more? Wire side of female terminals
ECM (013, 014) and Secondary
H02S (Sensor 2).
I YES
and recheck (see page 11 -C 11 for
symptom/indication goes away, (cont'd)
11-C-45
PGM-FI System
Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary H02S) (Sensor 2) (cont'd)

1 P0 1 The scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P0139: A slow response problem in the Secondary,Heated
139 Oxygen Sensor (H02S) (Sensor 2) circuit. .

2. Start the engine .. Hold the
with no load (AfT in (ffi or [El
position, MIT in neutral) until
3. With the scan tool, check the
Secondary H02S (Sensor 2)
output at 3,000 rpm (min-').

Does the voltage stay within
0.3-0.6 V for two minutes?
the Secondary H02S (Sensor 2)
andECM.
YES
Replace the Secondary H02S

(Sensor2).
11-C-46
Heated Oxygen Sensor (H02S) Heater
The scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P0135: An electrical problem in the Primary Heated
) P0135l
Oxygen Sensor (Primary H02S) (Sensor 1) Heater system.
The scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P0141: A problem in the Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor
IP0141 I (Secondary H02S) (Sensor 2) Heater circuit.

- DTC P0135, and/or P0141 are
stored.
I PRIMARY H02S (Sensor 1I 4P CONNECTOR
Problem verification: SECONDARY H02S (Sensor 21 4P CONNECTOR*
..
I at this time. Check for poor con-
Is DTC P0135 or P0141 indi- NO nections or loose wires between
cated? the Primary H02S (Sensor 1).
Secondary H02S, (Sensor 21*
I YES andECM.

H02S: Terminal side of male terminals
2. Disconnect the H02S (Primary
or Secondary*) (Sensor 1 or
Sensor 2) 4P connector.
3. At the H02S side, measure
resistance between the H02S
4P connector terminals No. 3
and No.4.
I NO Replace the H02S (Primary or

Is there 10- 40 !l?
Secondary*).
I YES
PRIMARY H02S (Sensor 1)
Check for continuity between SECONDARY H02S (Sensor 21* 4P CONNECTOR
body ground and the H02S .4P
connector terminals No. 3. and
No. 4 individually. lYELI 1 2 P02SHTC
BLKI (BLK/WHT)
I YES I Replace the H025 (Primary or
3 4
502SHTC*
- y IGRN/RED).
l Secondary*).
I NO Wire side of female terminals

wire IP02SHTC, S02SHTC* line):
H02S 4P connector terminals
No. 3 and No. 4.
I YES
tNO
(To page 11-C-48) *: P0141

+
(To page 11-C-48)
(cont'd)
11-C-47
PGM-FI System
Heated Oxygen Sensor (H02S) Heater (cont'd)

(From page 11-C-47)
""fl
I
PRIMARY H02S (Sensor 1) 4P CONNECTOR
wire (IGP line}:
Measure voltage between the
H02S 4P connector terminals No. 3
(No. 4)* and body ground.
Repair open or short in the wire
NO
Is there battery voltage? between Primary H02S (Sensor 11.
(Secondary H02S, Sensor 2}* and
main relay.
YES
(P02SHTC, S02SHTC* line):
1. Turri the ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect the H02S 4P con-
nector.
A{32P).
ECM connector terminals AS
and A10 IA5 and A10)*.
YES Repair open in the wire between

Is there 0.1 V or less? ECM (A6, AS*) and H02S (Primary,
Secondary*).
NO ECM CONNECTORS A (32Pl

immobilizer information). If S02SHTC
symptom/indication goes away, (GRN/
replace the original ECM. RED I"
(From page 11-C-47)

'""'"""-
T
(P02SHTC, S02SHTC* line}:

A (32P).
the ECM connector terminal
AS (A51* and body ground. S02SHTC (GRN/REDl* P02SHTC (BLK/WHTI
l r
I YES Repair short in the wire between lit 12 3 4 5 61/ 8 9 10 11 1
Is there continuity? ECM IA6, AS*) and H02S !Primary, llt2lt3 14 15 16 17 tal/ 20I/ 22 23 24 1
25 26 I/ I/1/I/I/
I
Secondary*).
lL
NO
@ @
n
1 1
*:P0141
11-C-48
Fuel Supply System
IP0171 \ The scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P0171: The fuel system is too lean.
I P0172\ The scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P0172: The fuel system is too rich.
Description
By monitoring the Long Term Fuel Trim, long term malfunctions in the fuel system will be detected.
If a malfunction has been detected during two consecutive trips, the MIL will come on and DTC P0171 and/or. P0172 will be
stored.
NOTE: If some of the DTCs listed below are stored at the same time and/or P0172; troubleshoot those DTCs
first, then troubleshoot DTC and/or P0172.
P0107, P0108: MAP Sensor

P0135: Primary H02S Heater
P0137-8: Secondary H02S
P0141: Secondary H02S Heater
P0443: EVAP Purge Control Solenoid Valve
P1259: VTEC System*
*: D16W4 engine
Possible Cause
DTC P0171 Fuel Pump insufficient flow/pressure

S stem too lean Fuel Feed Line clogged, leaking
Fuel Pressure Regulator stuck open
Fuel Filter clogged
Fuel Injector clogged, air inclusion
Gasoline doesn't meet Owner's Manual spec.
Primary H02S (Sensor 1) deteriorated
Valve Clearance
Exhaust leak
DTC P0172 Fuel Pressure Regulator cloggE!d, stuck ,::lased

S stem too rich Fuel Return Pipe clogged
Fuel Injector leaking
Gasoline doesn't meet Owner's Manual spec.
Primary H02S (Sensor 1) deteriorated
EVAP Purge Control Solenoid Valve leaking, stuck opened .
Valve Clearance
(cont'd)
11-C-49
PGM-FI System
Fuel Supply System (cont'd)


- DTC P0171 and/or P0172 are
stored.
Check the fuel pressure.
NO
Is the fuel pressure OK?
I
YES Is the fuel pressure too high HIGH I Check the fuel pressure regulator
or too low?
l and fuel return pipe.
I
Check the Primary H02S:
I LOW
Check the fuel pump, fuel feed
engine at 3,000 rpm (min')
pipe, fuel filter, and fuel pressure
with no load (A!f in [HJ or
regulator.
position, M(f in neutral) until
(Sensor 1) output with the
scan tool.
I
Does it stay at Jess than 0.3 V YES
Replace the H02S.
or more than 0.6 V?
NO
Check for a sticking or leaking

valve:
With a vacuum pump, apply vacu-
um to the EVAP purge control
solenoid valve from the intake
manifold side.
NO Repllice the EVAP purge control

Does it hold vacuum?
solenoid valve.
YES
Check the MAP sensor output:

tool.
I
I
Does it indicate atmospheric YES
pressure? I
Check the response of the MAP
NO
sensor:
Replace MAP sensor.
tool.
I
Is a MAP of 40.0 kPa (300 mmHg,
12:0 inHg) or less indicated within NO
one second after starting the
enginE:_?
I
I YES
- Check the valve clearance.

- If they are OK, replace the fuel
injectors.
11-C-!50
Misfire Detected in One Cylinder
j P0301 / The scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) PP301: Cylinder 1 misfire detected:
I P0302/ The scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P0302: Cylinder 2 misfire detected.
I P0303/ The scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P0303: Cylinder 3
I P0304/ The scan to<?.l indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P0304: Cylinder 4 misfire detected.
Description
Misfire detection is accomplished by monitoring the crankshaft speed with the crankshaft speed fluctuation (CKF) sensor
which is attached to the crankshaft.
If misfiring strong enough to damage the catalyst is detected, the MIL will blink during the time of its occurrence, and DTC
P0301, P0302, P0303 or P0304 will be stored. Then, after the misfire has ceased, the MIL will come on.
If misfiring that increases emissions is detected during two consecutive driving cycles, the MIL will come on, and DTC
P0301, P0302, P0303 or P0304 will be stored.
NOTE: If some of the DTCs listed below are stored at the same time as a misfire DTC, troubleshoot those DTCs first, then
troubleshoot the misfire DTC.
P0131, P0132: H02S

P0171, P0172: Fuel supply system
P0335, P0336: CKF sensor
P0443: EVAP Purge Control Solenoid valve
P1359, P1361, P1362: TDC sensor
P1382: CYP
Possible Cause
Fuel injector clogging, fuel leakage, air leakage
Fuel injector circuit open or shorted
Spark plug carbon deposits, fouling, malfunction
Ignition wires open, leaking
Distributor malfunction
Compression low
Valve clearance out of spec
VTEC system malfunction (D16W4 engine)
H02S
H02S circuit
(cont'd)
.11
PGMFI System
Misfire Detected in One Cylinder (cont'd)

- DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, or
P0304 is indicated.
Check the fuel injector function:

Start the engine, and listen for a
clicking sound at the fuel injector
in the problem cylinder.
NO
Does it click?
YES
harriess between ECM/PCM and
the fuel injector.
Are the wires OK? Repair open or short in the wire.
YES
- Replace the fuel injector.

- Substitute a known-good
ECM and recheck (see page
11-C-11 for immobilizer infor-
mation). If symptom/indica-
tion goes away, replace the
original ECM.
Problem verification: NOTE:

1. After checking the freeze data, If there is no freeze data of misfiring,
do the ECM Reset Procedure. just clear the DTC.
2. Exchange the spark plug from If there is no freeze data of misfiring,
the problem cylinder with one test drives under various conditions
of another cylinder. are necessary.
nector.
4. Test-drive the vehicie several
times in the range of the freeze
data.
(To page 11-C-53)
11-C-52
(From page 11-C-52)
I Intermittent misfire due to spark

Is DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, NO
plug fouling, etc. (fi.ring is. OK at
P0304 indicated?
this time).
YES
Does the .misfire occur in the . YES

other cylinder whose spark plug Replace the faulty 'spark plug.
was exchanged?
NO
Check for fuel injector malfunc-

tion:
1. Exchange the fuel injector
from the problem cylinder
with one from another cylin-
der.
2. Let the engine idle for two min- NOTE: If there is no freeze data of mis-
utes. firing, test drives under various condi-
3. Test-drive the vehicle several tions are necessary.
in the range ofthe freeze
data.
NO Intermittent misfire due 'to bad

Is DTC P0301, P0302, P0303,
contact in the fuel injector con-
or P0304 indicated?
nector (firing is OK at this time).
YES
Does the misfire occur in the YES

other cylinder whose fuel injector
was exchanged?
Replace the faulty fuel injector.
I
NO
Check following items

- Cylinder leak-down
- Compression
- Crankshaft speed fluctuation
(CKF) sensor
11-C-53
PGM-FI System
Random Misfire
The scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P0300 and some of
IP0300 Iand IP0301 through P0304I P0301 - P0304: Random misfire.
Description
Misfire detection is accomplished by monitoring the crankshaft speed with the crankshaft speed fluctuation (CKF) sensor
which is attached to the crankshaft.
If misfiring strong enough to damage the catalyst is detected, the MIL will blink during the time of its occurrence, and DTC
P0300 and some of DTCs P0301 through P0304 will be stored. Then, after misfire has ceased, the MIL will come on.
If misfiring that increases emissions is detected during two consecutive driving cycles, the MIL will come on, and DTC
P0300 and some of DTCs P0301 through P0304 will be stored.
NOTE: If some of the DTCs listed below are stor.ed at the same time as a misfire DTC, troubleshoot those DTCs first, then
. troubleshoot the misfire DTC. -
P0131, P0132: H02S
P0171, P0172: Fuel metering
P0443: EVAP Purge Control Solenoid Valve
P1253: VTEC System (D16W4 engine)
P1361, P1362: TDC sensor
P1381, P1382: CYP sensor
P1508: lAC valve
Possible Cause
Fuel pump insufficient fuel pressure, amount of flow
Fuel line clogging, blockage, leakage
Fuel filter clogging
Fuel pressure regulator stuck open *1: D16W4 engine
Distributor malfunction
Ignition coil wire open, leakage
Ignition control module malfunction
Valves carbon deposit
Compression low
VTEC system malfunction (D16W4 engine)
Fuel does not meet Owner's Manual spec., lack of fuel
H02S
H02S circuit
Troubleshooting
By test-driving, determine the conditions during which misfire occurs. Depending on these conditions, test in the order
described in the table below.
Crankshaft
\ Possible ""'e Fuel Distributor and Valve
----------------------....,, position (CKP} ICM
pressure Ignition wires Clearance
Page ', sensor
----------------- ------------------ ------------------ ------------------ -----------------
Condition
\ section 6 11-C-80 section 23 section 23 section 6
Only low rpm and load G)
Only accelerating CD @
Only high rpm and load @ CD @
Not specific @ CD @ @
NOTE: If misfire doesn't recur, some possible causes are fuel that doesn't meet owner's manual
spec, lack of fuel, carbon deposits on spark plug, etc.
11-C-54
Knock Sensor (KS) (016W4 engine)
I P0 1 indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code IDTC) P0325: A malfunction in the circuit of the Knock Sensor
325

I
1. Do the ECM Reset Procedure. DIAPHRAGM
with no load (AfT in lB.l or [f)
position, Mrr in neutral) until
the radiator fan comes on,
then Jet it idle.
3. Hold the engine at 3,000 -
4,000 rpm (min- 1) for at least
60 seconds. TERMINAL
I NO
at this time (test drive may be
necessary).
Is DTC P0325 indicated?
Check for poor connections or
l YES
loose wires between knock sen-
sor IKSI and ECM.
Check for a short in the wire (KS
line):
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. ECM CONNECTOR D (16P)
2. Disconnect the knock sensor
2P connector.
D (16P).
ECM connector terminals D6
and body ground.

Is there continuity? Wire side of female terminals
ECM (D6) and knock sensor.
Check for an open in the wire KS 2P CONNECTOR

(KSiine):
Check for continuity between ECM
connector terminal 06 and knock
sensor 2P connector terminal
No.1.

ECM (D6) and knock sensor.
I YES
Wire side of female
Substitute a known-good knock terminals
sensor and recheck.
I NO 1 KS
Is DTC P0325 indicated? Replace the original knock sensor.
I IRED/
I YES
BLUl.

11-C-55
PGM-FI System
Crankshaft Position/Top Dead Center/Cylinder Position (CKP/TDC/CVP)

Sensor
1 P0 1 The indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P0335: A malfunction in the Crankshaft Position (CKP)
335 sensor CirCUit. .
1 P0 1 The. tool Trouble Code (DTC) P0336: A range/performance problem in the

336 Pos1t10n (CKP) sensor c1rcu1t.
1p 1 The scan tool Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P1361: Intermittent interruption in the Top Dead Center
1361 (TDCl sensor CirCUit.
1p 1 T.he tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P1362: No signal in the Top Dead Center (TDC) sensor
1362 c1rcu 1t. , . .
IP1381 I The scan tool .indi.cates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P1381: Intermittent interruption in the Cylinder Position
L...:....-=-=:.:::...::_. (CYP) sensor CirCUit. . .
Ip 1 T.he tool Diagnostic Trouble Code P1382: No signal in the Cylinder Position (CYP) sensor
1382
L...:....-=-=:=:...J c1 rcUit.
Description
The CKP Sensor determines timing for fuel injection and ignition of each cylinc!er and also detects engine speed. The TDC
Sensor determines ignition timing at start-up (cranking) and when crank angle is abnormal. The CYP Sensor detects the
position of No. 1 cylinder for sequential fuel injection to each cylinder. The CKP!T"DC/CYP Sensor is built into the distribu-
tor.
NOTE: If DTC P1359 is stored at the same time as DTC P0335, P0336, P1361, P1362, P1381 and/or P1382, troubleshoot DTC
P1359 first, then troubleshoot those DTCs.

- DTC P0335, P0336, P1361,
P1362, P1381 and/or P1382 are
stored.
l
Problem .verification: DISTRIBUTOR SP
1. Do the ECM Reset Procedure. CONNECTOR TDCPIGRNI
Is DTC P0335, P0336, P1361, P1362, NO at this time. Check for poor con-
P1381 and/or P1382 indicated? nections or loose wires between n
the distributor and ECM .
.I YES
Check for an open in the CKP/
TDC/CVP sensor: Terminal side of TDCM !REDI
* male terminals
2. Disconnect. the distributor 8P
connector. SENSOR ECM WIRE
3. Measure resistance between SENSOR DTC
TERMINAL TERMINAL COLOR
the terminals of the indicated
: CKP P0335 2 C2 BLU
sensor (*see table).
P0336 6 C12 WHT
J NO P1361 3 C3 GAN
Replace the distributor ignition . TDC
Is there 350- 700 0? housing (see section 23). P1362 7 C13 RED
I YES CYP P1381 4 c4 YEL

P1382 8 C14 BLK
(To page 11-C-57)
11-C-56
(From page 11-C-56)
I
Check for a short in the CKP/
TOC/CYP sensor: DISTRIBUTOR
Check for continuity to body 8P CONNECTOR
ground on "both terminals of the
indicated sensor .individually TDCP IGRNI
--,
(*see tabie). CKP P CYP P lYELI
(BLU)
- - - - ' 1.---,!
I
YES I Replace the distributor ignition j 1 2 3 4
J
I NO
I housing (see section 23).
v 6 7 8
n n
LK)
Check for an open in the wires CKPM
(CKP/TDC/CVP lines): IWHTI
1. Reconnect the distributor 8P
connector. n n TDCM(RED)
2. Disconnect the ECM connector.
3. Measure resistance between
the terminals of the indicated Terminal side of
sensor on the ECM connector male terminals
{*seetable).
I NO I Repair open in the indicated sen- I

ECM CONNECTORS C (31P)
CKP P: TDC p
Is there 350 - 700 0?
I
_I YES
oV"
Check for a short in the wires
{CKP/TDC/CVP lines):
Check for continuity between
@b!: 12 13114 1sl/ 11 18/ /V /
terminals C2, C3 and/or C4 indi- T T 21 28 29l/ /
vidually.
CVPM
I
I YES I Repair short in the indicated sen- I CKPM
(WHTI
TDCM
IBLK)
Is 'there continuity? (RED)

I sor wires (*see table).
Wire side of
I NO female terminals

11-C-57
PGM-FI System
Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS)

I POSOO 1 The scan tool Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P0500: A malfunction problem in the Vehicle Speed
Sensor (VSS) c1rcu1t. . .

I
I ECM CONNECTORS
A (32Pl LG1
1. Test-drive the vehicle.
2. Check the vehicle speed with !BRN/BLK)
the scan tool.
I
I YES
L1J2 3 4 5 6 v
112j13 14 15 16 17 1sv 20 /
8 9
22
10
23
11
24 1
1
Is the correct speed indicated?
the.VSS and ECM.
25 26 lL' vv v/
I NO
Check for an open in the ECM:
2. Block the rear. wheels and set
the parking brake.

C I31P)
3. Jack up the front of the vehi-
cle and support it with safety
stands. \1 2 3 41 5 6 7 sv 10
5. Block the right front wheel
111 12 13 14115 v 17 18 k" y vv
29 1/I/
and slowly rotate the left front lC lL ILl lL' 27 L2!'
wheel.
6. Measure voltage between the VSS (BlU/WHTI i
ECM connector terminals A9
and C18. Wire side of female terminals
I Substitute a known-good ECM
Does the voltage pulse YES and recheck (see page 11-C-11 for
between 0 V and approx. 5 V immobilizer information). If
or battery voltage? symptom/indication goes away,
I NO
Check for a short in the ECM: LG1

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. (BRN/BLKI
2. Disconnect the ECM con-
nectar C (31P).
3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). L112 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 1
4. Block the right front wheel L12.\13 14 15 16 17 18 20 22 23 24 I
and slowly rotate the left front
wheel.
25 26 L-" lL: L IL L::::::.
and C18.
I Substitute a known-good ECM y_
Does the voltage pulse YES and recheck (see page 11-C-11 for
between 0 V and approx. 5 V immobilizer information). If
or battery voltage? symptom/indication goes away,
replace the original ECM. 2 3 4 5 6 7 &I/ 10 .
I NO
L1
L11 L:::
12 13 14 15 17 18 y v v I/
- Repair short in the wire IL'_ k" lL 27 l3_8 29 I/1/
between ECM (C18) and VSS.
- Repair open in the wire
between ECM IC18) and VSS. VSS IBLU/WHTI
- If wire is OK, test the VSS
(section 23).
11-C-58
Barometric Pressure (Baro) Sensor
IP11 07 I The scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P1107: A low voltage problem in the Baro sensor circuit.
The scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTCl P1108: A high voltage problem in the Baro sensor
I P1108 I circuit.

- DTC P1107 or P1108 is stored.
_I
I NO j Intermittent failure, system is OK

Is DTC P11 07 or P11 08 indicated?
I at this time.
I
'-'YES

11-C-59
PGM-FI System
Crankshaft Speed Fluctuation (CKF) Sensor

1 p 1 The scan_ tool indicates Dia_gno_stic Trouble Code (DTC) P1336: Intermittent interruption-in the Crankshaft Sp!;!ed
1336 FluctuatiOn (CKF) sensor c1rcu1t.
1p 1 The indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P1337: No signal in the Crankshaft Speed Fluctuation (CKF)
1337
sensor c1rCu1t. .. .
Description .
The diagnostic system has a pulser rotor on the crankshaft and a pulse pick-up sensor on the engine block. The ECM monitors
the crankshaft speed fluctuation based on the CKF sensor signal, and judges that an engine misfire occurred if the fluctuation
goes beyond a predetermined limit.

- DTC P1336 and/or P1337 are
stored.
I CKFSENSOR

Is DTC P1336 and/or P1337 NO nections or loose wires between
indicated? the CKF sensor and ECM. and
make sure CKF sensor mounting
I YES bolt is tight.
Check for an open in the CKF sen-

sor:
2. Disconnect the CKF sensor 3P
connector.
CKFSENSOR3PCONNECTOR
3. Measure the resistance
between the CKF sensor 3P
No.3.
I NO Replace the CKF sensor (see sec-

Is there 1.6- 3.2 kO?
I tion6l. _I
I YES Terminal side of male terminals
Check for a short in the CKF sen-
sor:
body ground and the CKF sensor
3P connector terminals No. 1 and
No. 3 individually.
I YES I Replace the CKF sensor (see sec-

CKFM CKFP
I tion6l.
I NO
(To page 11-C-61)
11-C-60
. (f'rom page-11-C-60)
I
(CKF lines):
1. Reconnect the CKF sensor 3P
connector.
C (31P). ECM CONNECTOR C (31Pl
ECM connector terminals C1
andC11.
I NO R_epair open in the wire betwll!en

Is there 1.6- 3.2 k!l? ECM (C1, C11) and the CKF sen-
sor.
I YES
CKFM
Check for a short in the wire (WHT/BLU)
{CKFiine):
Check for continuity between Wire side of feinahi
body ground and ECM connector terminals
terminal C1.
l YES Repair short in the wire between

Is there continuity? ECM {C1) and the CKF sensor.
I NO
11-C-61
PGM-FI System
Crankshaft Position/Top Dead Center/Cylinder Position (CKP/TDC/CYP)

Sensor
1P 1 The s'can tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P1359: A problem in the Crankshaft Position!Top Dead
1359 Center/Cylinder Position (CKP!TDC/CYP) sensor circuit.
- l"he MIL has been reported on.

I
1. Do the ECM Reset Proce'dure.
z: Start the engine. If the engine
won't start, crank it for at least
10 seconds.
I NO
Intermittent failure, system is OK.
loose wires between the distribu-
tor and ECM.
.I YES

loose wires between the distribu-
tor and the ECM.
I NO 1
Are the connections OK? Repair as necessary.
.I YES
and recheck (see page 11-C-11 for.
symptom/indication goes .away,
the original ECM.
11-C-62
ECM Internal Circuit
IP1607l The scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P1607: An ECM Internal Circuit Problem.

I
3. Wait 10 seconds.
I NO I Intermittent failure, system is OK

I this time.
I
I YES

11-C-63
PGM-FI System
Lock-up Control Solenoid Valve A/B (A/T)

I P1753l The scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P1753: A problem in the Lock-up Control Solenoid valve
A circuit.
I p 1 The scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P1758: A problem in the Lock-up Control Solenoid valve
1758
8 circuit.

- DTC P1753 or P1758 is stored.
I
-
2. Test drive the vehicle for sev-
eral miles so that the trans'
mission upshifts and down- ECM CONNECTOR A (32Pl
shifts several times.
I NO
I
11 2 3 4 5 6[i 8 9 10 11 1
I
Is DTC P1753 or 1758 indicated?
112113 14 15 16 17 18 20 22 / 23 24
lock-up control solenoid valve
25 26 1/1
lL_ lL_ v
I YES A/BandECM.
LCB
(GRN/ 0 0 LCA
lYELI
Check for a short in the wire (LC BLK)*
A and/or LC B* line):
1. Turri the ignition switch OFF. Wire side of female terminals
2. Disconnect the ECM connec- LG1 (BRN/BLKI
tor A (32Pl from the ECM.
3. Disconnect the lock-up control \r
solenoid valve 2P connector.
I
11 2 3 4 5 6V 8 9 10 11 1
body ground and ECM connec-

112113 14 15 16 17 18 1/ 20 lL_ 22 23 24 l
tor terminals A26 and/or A25*
n
25 26 1/ v v v 1/ lL
individually.
I
YES Repair short in the wire between LCB
(GRN/BLK)*
'4 LCA
lYELl
ECM (A26 or A25*) and the lock-
up control solenoid valve A/B.
I NO . LOCK-UP CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
2P CONNECTOR (C1101
Check the lock-up control solenoid
valve A/B.
Wire side
1. Reconnect the 2P connector. L.CB LCA of female
2. Measure resistance between (GRN/BLKI* 1 2 (VEL) terminals
ECM connector terminals A26 Check for an open in the wire (LC
and A9 and/or A25* and A9*. A and/or LC B* line): a n
I NO lock-up control solenoid valve 2P
Is there 10- 22 !l? connector terminal No. 2 and I
11 2 3 4 5 6V
8 9 10 11 1
ECM connector terminal A26 L12113 14 15 16 17 18V 20 /
22 23 24 I
I YES (lock-up control solenoid valve 25 26 / vvv / L::::::::::.
I I LCA (YELl
2P connector terminal No. 1 and
Substitute a known-good ECM ECM connector terminal A25)*.
and recheck (see page 11-C-11 LC B
*: P1758
I (GRN/BLK)*
YES
Is there continuity? Replace the lock-up control sole-
noid valve (see section 14).
I
I NO
Repair open in the wire between
ECM (A26 or A25*) and the lock-
up control solenoid valve A/B.
11-C-64
Automatic Transaxle (A/T)" Position/Signal (A/T)
)P1705\ The scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (OTC) P1705: A problem in the A/T Gear Position Switch circuit.
\ P1706l The scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (OTCJ P1706: No signal in the A/T Gear Position Switch circuit.

- DTC P1.705 or P170S is stored.
nectar.
4. Test-drive accelerate above 30
mph (48 km/h), then reduce
below 25 mph (40 km/h) until
the readiness code come on.

at this time (test drive may be nee-
NO essary).
Is DTC P1705 or P1706 indicated? Check for poor connections or
loose wires between A/T gear
YES position switch, gauge assembly
and ECM.
Check the operation of the AfT

gear position switch:
Observe the NT shift position indi-
cator and select each position sep-
arately.
NO See the A/T gear position indica-

Does the indicator light properly?
tor inspection (see section 23).
YES
ECMCO NNECTORS
A!32PI
LG1
(BRN/BLKI r- Y.
C (31Pl
Check for an open in the wire (ATP

NPiine): 11 /2 3 4 5 sv 8 9 10 1
Measure voltage between ECM l12j_ 13 14 15 16 17 18k" 20 22 23 2
connector terminals A9 and C29
with the transmission in ffi] and
25 26 / IL IL: L:::::.
position individually.
ATPNP
Wire side offemale terminals IGRNl

Is there less than 1.0 V? the ECM (C29) and the gauge
assembly.
YES
(To page 11-C-66)
(cont'dl
11-C-65
System
Automatic Transaxle (A/T) Gear Position/Signal (A/T) (cont'd)
/
ECM CONNECTORS
(From page 11-C-65)
LG1 IBRN/BLKI
A (32p I
j- C(31PI
Check for a short in the wire. (ATP

NPiine):
It 12 3 4 5 6v
l12l13 14 15 16 17 tsV 20
8 9 10 11 1
I
l1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 / 10
1/ 22
23 24 Itt 12 13 14 15 /
17 18 / / 1/
25 26/ / 1/ / 1/ L. v/ 1/ L 27 28 29 / I/
with the transmission in
tion.
posi-
1
ATPNP
Wire side of female terminals ILTGRNI
YES Repair short in the wire befween

Is there less than 1.0 V? the ECM (C291 and the gauge
assembly.
NO
v
LG1 (BRN/BLKI
Y.
Check for an open in the wire (ATP It 12 3 4 5 6v 8 9 10 11 1 It 2 3 4 5 6 7 Sl-( 10

03, 04 lines): jt2jt3 14 15 16 17 18\/ 20 v22 23 24 1 Ln 12 13 14 15 / 17 18 / v I/ 1/
25 26 / /v/ 1/ ..::::::::::_ 1/1/I/ v 27 28 29 / I/
and C27* with the transmission in
and individually. - II
ATP 04 ATP 03
!GRN/BLKI* IGRN/BLUI

Is there less than 1.0 V? the ECM (C28 or C27*1 and A/T
gear position switch.
YES
Substitute a known-good ECM *:

11-C-66
Idle Control System
System Description
The idle speed of the engine is controlled by the Idle Air Control (lAC) Valve.
The valve changes the amount of air bypassing into the intake manifold in response to electric current controlled by the
ECM. When the lAC Valve is activated, the valve opens to maintain the proper idle speed.
D16W4 engine (M/TI:
_ _ _.,.
... From PGM-FI
lAC VALVE BLK MAIN RELAY
.. BLK/_ _-<>
BLU
. - - - - ORN - - - o ECM VARIOUS
SENSORS
BLK/
.-------- BLU - - - D
'---o--'
BLK
except D16W4 (M/T): (ROTARY}

lAC VALVE
(cant' d)
11-C-67
Idle Control System
System Description (cont'd)
1. After the engine starts, the lAC valve opens for a certaintime: The amount of air is increased to raise the idle speed
about .150- 300 rpm (min- 1).
2. When the coolant temperature is low, the lAC valve is opened to obtain the proper fast idle speed. The amount of
bypassed air is thus controlled in relation to the engine coolant temperature.
IDLE SPEED
ENGINE
COOLANTTEMPERATURE
(oF)
-4 32 68 104 140 176 (C}
1. When theidlespeed is out of specification and the scan tool does not indicate Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P0505
or P1508, check the following items:
Adjust the idle speed (see page 11-C-78)
o Starter switch signal (see page 11-C-73)
o Air conditioning signal (see page
o ALT FR signal (see page 11-C-76)
o Brake switch signal (see page 11-C-77)
o NT gear position signal (see page 11-C-65)
o Hoses and connections
o lAC valve and its mounting 0-rings
2. If the above items are normal, substitute a known-good lAC valve and readjust the idle speed (see page 11-C-78).
If the idle speed still cannot be adjusted to specification (and the scan tool does not indicate DTC POS05 or P1508)
after lAC valve replacement, substitute a known-good ECM and recheck (see page. 11-C-11 for immobilizer informa-
tion). If symptom goes away, replace the original ECM.
11-C-68
Idle Air Control (lAC) Valve (016W4 engine with M/T)
/ P SOSJ _scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P1508: A problem in the Idle Air Control (lAC) valve
1
CirCUit.
The lAC Valve changes the amount of air bypassing the body in response to a signal from the ECM in
order to maintain the proper idle speed.

- DTC P1508 .is stored.
2. Start the engine, and warm it
up to normal operating tem-
perature.
Intermittent failure, system is OK VALVE

. nections or loose wires between
the lAC valve and ECM.
YES

(IGP11inel: lAC VALVE 2P CONNECTOR
2. Disconnect the lAC valve 2P
connector.
4. Measure voltage between body
ground and the lAC valve 2P
connector terminal No. 2.

lAC valve and PGM-FI main relay.
YES

wire (IACV line):
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF
and reconnect the lAC valve ECM CONNECTOR A (32PI
connector.
A(32P).
body ground and ECM con- IACV
nector terminal A12. (BLK/
BLUI
(To page 11-C-70) Wire side of female terminals
(cont'd)
11-C-69
.Idle Control System
Idle Air Control (lAC) Valve (016W4 engine with M/T) (cont'd)
(From page 11-C-69)
I t-JO Repair open or short in the wire

Is there battery voltage? between ECM (A12} and lAC ECM CONNECTOR A (32PI
valve.
I YES JUMPER WIRE
IACV
Check the rAe valve function:
(BLK/
Momentarily connect ECM con-
BLUJ
nector terminals A10 and A12
L-
with a jumper wire several tir:nes.
I -.
NO
Does the lAC valve click? .. Replace the lAC valve .
I YES

and recheck !see page 11-C-11 for
11-C-70
Idle Air Control (lAC) Valve (Except D16W4 engine with M/T)
IP1509 \ The scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P1509: A problem in the idle Air Control .(lAC) valve circuit.
The (Rotary) lAC Valve changes the amount of air bypassing the throttle body in response to a current signal from the
ECM in order to maintain the proper idle speed.
BIMETAL
- The MIL has been reported on. l!rfnrrrlih-rz

- DTC P1509 is stored. lrr
I
I ll.J.
'IJI.I/Ij/ f
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). SHAFT
VALVE STOPPER
nections or loose wires between ECM CONNECTOR A 132PI
I YES
the lAC valve and ECM.
PG1 (BLKI

lPG lines):
Measure voltage between body
ground and ECM connector termi-
nals A 10 and A23 individually.
I YES Repair open in the wires between
Is there more than 1.0 V? ECM and G101 (located at the
thermostat housing).
I NO
Check the ECM input voltage:
2. Disconnect ECM connector A
{32P) from the ECM.
nectar terminals A14 and
IACVNIOR IACV P IBLK/BLUJ
A13* individually.
l NO
Is there battery voltage? A (To page 11-C-72)
_l YES
Check the lAC valve:

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. lAC VALVE 3P CONNECTOR
2. Disconnect the lAC valve 3P
r001.
connector.
lAC valve 3P connector termi- IACVP
IACV N_
nal No. 2 and terminals No. 1
and 3 individually.
I
l@ft@f
NO 1 IGP
Is there 10- 22 0? Replace the lAC valve.
I YES Terminal side of male

terminals
immobilizer information). H symp-
tom/indication goes away, replace
the original ECM. (cont'dl
*: IACV N line
11-C-71
Idle Control System
Idle Air Control (lAC) Valve (Except D16W4 engine with M/T) (cont'd)
r
(From page 11cC-71)
'
' "
. JAC VALVE 3P CONNECTOR

(IGPiine):
2: Disconnect the lAC valve 3P
connector. IGP (YEL/BLK) .
4. At the wire harness, measure
voltage between lAC valve 3P
connector terminal No. 2 and
body ground. Wire side of female terminals
I Repair open in the wire between

NO
Is there batteiy voltage? the lAC valve and PGM-FI main.
relay.
YES

IIACV P, IACV N* lines):
A(32P).
lAC valve 3P connector termi- ..
nal No: 3 and ECM connector
IACVN IACVP
terminal A14 (and between lAC
--(ORN)* (BLK/BLU)
valve 3P connector terminal
No. 1 and ECM connector ter-
minaiA13)*. IACVN
. lORN)*
Repair open in the wire between ECM
NO
Is there continuity? the lAC valve and ECM (A14, CONNECTOR A (32P)
A13*). IACVP
YES (BLK/BLU)
Check for a short in the wires
(IACV P, IACV N* lines):
terminals A14 and A13* individu-
ally. Wire side of female terminals
I Repair short in the wire between
YES
Is there continuity? the lAC valve and ECM (A14,
A13*).
NO
I
11 2 3 4 5 6 I/8 9 10 11 1
SubstitUte a known-good ECM and 1/
112\13 14 15 16 17 181/ 20 22
23 24 1
recheck page 11-C-11 for
immobilizer information). If symp- IACVN (ORN I*
1 25 26 I/ 1/1/I/1/ k:::::.
tom/indication goes away, replace IACV P !BLK/BLU)
the original ECM.
*: IACV N line
11-C-72
Starter Switch Signal
This signals the ECM when the engine is cranking.
Inspection of Starter Switch Sig- NOTE:

nal. AfT: Transmission in ffi] or [eJ position."
MIT: in neutral
ECM CONNECTORS
A(32Pl C (31Pl
LG1
.. (BRN/BLK) I y_
I STS (BLK/WHT)
wire {STS line): 11 2 3 4 5 s I/ 8 9 10 11 l r1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 \ / 10
Measure voltage. between ECM 112 13 14 15 16 17 18 1/ 20 I/ 22 23 24 l 17
111 12 13 14 15 17 18 I/ 1/ v v
with the ignition switch in the
25 26 I/ I/ 1/I/ I/ lL v I/1/ v 27 28 29 v 1/
start (Ill) position.

NO Inspect the No. 18 STARTER SIG-

Is there battery voltage? NAL (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash
fuse/relay box.
YES

between the ECM (C6) and
Starter switch signal is OK. NO the No. 18 STARTER SIGNAL
Is the fuse OK? (7.5 Al fuse or the PGM-FI
main relay.
YES - Replace the No. 18 STARTER
SIGNAL (7.5 A) fuse.

the ECM (C6) and the No. 18
STARTER SIGNAL (7 .5 A) fuse.
11-C-73
Idle Control System
Air Conditioning Signal

This signals the ECM when there is a demand for cooling from the air conditioning system.
Inspection of Air Conditioning

Signal.
ECM CONNECTORS
A(32Pl C (31Pl
LG1 (BRN/BLK) I Y. ACS IBLU/REDI
11 12 3 4 5 61/ 8 9 10 u I L1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 : / 10
112113 14 15 16 17 18 1/ 20 1/ 22 23 24 I L11 12 13 14 15/ 17 18 / 1/ / /
lACS line): 25 26 1/ v/ 1/ L. I/ I/
1/ 1/ 27 28 29 i/ / '
2. Disconnect the A/C pressure
switch 2P connector (see sec- Wire side of female terminals
tion 22).
and C5.
ACS IBLU/REDI
Check for a short in the wire lACS
NO
line):
11 2 3 4
111 12 13 14 15/
5 6 7
17 18
Iii/
v v 1/ /
10 1 n
YES
tor C (31P).
v/ v v 27 28 29 1/ /
body ground and ECM con- -

nector terminal C5.
i
YES Repair short in the wire between
Is there continuity? the ECM (C5! and the A/C pres-
sure switch.
NO
LG1 (BRN/BLKl
- Substitute a known-good ECM
(ACC line):
for immobili:zer information). If
8 9
l
prescribed voltage is now 11 12 3 4 5 6/ 10 11
2. Reconnect the A/C pressure available, replace the original L12113 14 15 16 17 18 20 /22 v 23 24
switch 2P connector.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). -
ECM.
See the air conditioner inspec-
25 26 v v vv / L.
4. Momentarily connect ECM tion (see section 22).
ACC
connector terminals A9 and (RED)
JUMPER WIRE
A 17 with a jumper wire sever-
al times.
I
(To page 11-C-75)
11-C-74
(From pag'e 11-C-74)
A/CCLUTCH
RELAY 4P CONNECTOR

(ACCiinel:
Is there a clicking noise from
the NC compressor clutch?
NO Momentarily connect.NC clutch
relay4P connector terminal No. 4
to body_ ground with a jumper
@_JUMPER
L:.l.2J I WIRE
YES wire several times.

""
ACC (BLK/REDI
Wire side of female

terminals
Is there a clicking noise from NO I See air conditioner inspection !

the NC compressor clutch?
I (see section 221.
YES
Repair. open in the wire between

the ECM IA17.) and the A/C clutch
relay.
ECM CONNECTORS
A (32P) C (31PI
Check for the operation of the LG1

A/C: .. IBRN/BLKI I y_ J-------,1 ACS IBLU/REDI
2. Turn the blower switch ON. 11 2 3 4 5 6 v .--.......-r---,---,
8 9 10 11 J 11234 567 8/10
3. Turn the NC switch ON. j12 13 14 15 16 17 18 v v 20 22 23 24 J L11 12 13 14 151/ 11 taL( VVV
25 261/ 1/1//1/ L. vvv v 27 28 291/1/

NO lACS line):
Does the NC operate?
connector terminals A9 and C5.
YES
Is there less than 1.0 V?

NO j Repair open in the wire between I
Air conditioning signal is OK.
I the ECM (C51 and the A/C sw!tch.
YES
- Substitute a known-good
ECM and recheck (see page
11-C-11 for immobilizer infor-
mation). If symptom/indica-
tion goes away, replace the
original ECM.
- See the air conditioner inspec-
tion (see section 22).
11-C-75
Idle Control System
Alternator (ALT) FR Signal
This signals the ECM when the Alternator (AlT) is charging.

ECM CONNECTORS
Inspection of AlT FR Signal. AI32PI C !31PI
LG1 .
I r-
Check for a short in the wire (AlT
[t 2 3 4 5 6]7 8 9
v
to tt l It 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 v to
Fline): lt2 t3 t4 t5 t6 t7 t8 20 I/
I/v 1/1/
22' 23' 24 l Itt t2 t3 t4 t5 I/
t7 t8 I/ v v 1/
1. Disconnect the 4P connector 25 26 1/
IL L71/1/ I/I:V 28 29 1/ /
from the ALT.
1 (WHT/REDI
ALTF
3. Measure voltage between ECM
connector terminals A9 and Wire side of female terminals
C17.
Check for a short in the wire (ALT
Fline):
..
I NO
2. Disconnect the negative 11 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 v 10
tery cable from the battery.
ltt 12 t3 t4 15 / t7 t8 / 1/ v/
1/,/ / /
'* 1/ 7
C{31P). 28 29
I YES 4. Check for continuity between
ALT FCWHT/REDJ
nectar terminal C17.
Check the operation of the ALT:
2. Reconnect the AL T 4P con- I I
nectar to the ALT.
with no load (AfT in [ID or
I NO
YES
l
the ECM IC17) and the ALT.
l
position, M!T in neutral) until
the radiator fan comes on, then
let it idle.
4. Measure voltage between ECM for immobilizer.information). If
connector terminals A9 and
C17. able, replace the original ECM.
I
Does the voltage decrease when YES 1
headlights and rear defogger are ALT FR signal is OK.
turned on?
I
ALT 4P CONNECTOR
I NO
Check for an open in the wire (ALT '
ff.\
ALTF
Fline): (WHT/RED)
1. Turn the ignition switch
f
2. Disconnect the 4P connector
from the ALT.
\illY
AlT 4P connector terminal
No. 2 and body ground.
I
I YES
NO I
l
Repair open wir.e between the
ECM IC171 and the AlT.
l Wire side of female terminals
See the ALT inspection (see sec-

tion 23).
l
11-C-76
Brake Switch Signal
This signals the ECM when the brake pedal is depressed.
Inspection of Brake Switch Signal.

I
Are the brake lights on without YES Inspect the brake switch (see sec-
depressing the brake pedal? tion 19).
.
NO
:
Depress the brake pedal.
NO Inspect the STOP, HORN (20 A)

Do the brake lights come on? fuse in the under-hood fuse/
relay box.
YES

NO between the brake switch and
Is the fuse OK?
the STOP, HORN (20 AI fuse.
- Replace the HORN, STOP
YES
(20 AI fuse.
.. -.- Repair open in the wire

between the brake switch and
the STOP, HORN (20 AI fuse.
- Inspect the brake switch (see
section 19).
... .
lBKSW line): A(32P) ECM CONNECTORS

LG1 D l16Pl
1. Depress the brake pedal. BKSW
(BRN/
Y.
2. Measure voltage between ECM
connector terminals A9 and D5 BLK) 1 WHTl
with the brake pedal de-. 11 j2 3 4 5 6/ 8 9 10 11 1 r;- 2 3 4 5
pressed. 14 15 16 17 18 y/ 20 '/ .22 23 24 1 6 7 aL 10 n L 12 1
25 26 1/ 1/ / 1/ /, 13 14 lL' l:::

Is there battery voltage? the ECM (051 and the brake
switch.
YES
Brake switch signal is OK. '
11-C-77
Idle Control System
Idle Speed Setting

except D16W4 engine (M/Tl IDLE
ADJUSTING
SCREW
Adjust the idle speed using a Honda PGM Tester if pos-
sible. If not, use the following procedure:
NOTE:
Leave the lAC valve connected.
Before setting the idle speed, check the following
items:
-The MIL has not been reported on.
- Ignition timing '
-Spark plugs
- Air cleaner
- PCVsystem
1. Connect a tachometer.
TACHOMETER
5. After turning the idle adjusting screw 1/2-turn,

check the idle speed again. If it is out of spec, turn
the idle adjusting screw 1/2-turn again.
NOTE: Do not turn the idle adjusting screw more
than 1/2-turn without checking the idle speed.
6. Idle the engine for one minute with heater fan

switch at HI and air conditioner on, then check the
idle speed.
Idle speed should be:
M/T 810 50 rpm (min- 1)

810 50 rpm (min- 1 ) (in [R] posi-
AIT
tionl
2. Start the engine. Hold the engine at 3,000 rpm (min - 1)
with no load (AfT in [R] or position, MIT in neu-
tral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. NOTE:
Do not turn the idle adjusting screw when the air
3. Check the idle speed with no-load conditions: head- conditioner is on.
lights, blower fan, rear defogger, radiator fan, and If the idle speed is not within specification, see
air conditioner are not operating. Symptom Chart on page 11-C-13.
NOTE: (KS model) Remove No. 16 (7.5 Al fuse in the

under-dash fuse box, then check that the headlights
and side marker lights are off
Idle speed should be:
MIT 750 50 rpm (min- 1 )

750 50 rpm (min- 1) (in [ID
A/T
position)
4. Adjust the idle speed, if necessary, by removing the

cap and turning the idle adjusting screw 1/2-turn
clockwise or counterclockwise.
11-C-78
Inspection/ Adjustment If necessary, adjust the idle speed, by removing the
cap and turning the idle adjusting screw.
D16W4 engine IM/T):
After adjusting the idle speed recheck the ignition
NOTE: Before setting the idle speed, check the follow- timing (see section 23). If it is out of spec, go back
ing items: to step 4.
- The MIL has not been reported on.
- Ignition timing
- Spark plugs
- Air cleaner
- PCV system
1. Start the engine. Hold the engine at 3,000 rpm (min- 1)

with no load (transmission in neutral) until the radia-
tor fan comes on, then let it idle.
2. Connect a tachometer.
3. Disconnect the lAC valve 2P connector.
7. Reconnect the 2P connectors to the lAC valve, then

do the ECM reset procedure.
8. Restart and idle the engine with no-load conditions

-for one minute, then check the idle speed.
Idle speed should be: 750 50 rpm (min- 1)
9. Idle the en_gine for one minute with headlights

(low) ON, and check the idle speed.
4. If the engine stalls, restart the engine with the accel-
erator pedal slightly depressed. Stabilize the rpm at Idle speed should be: 750 50 rpm (min- 11
1,000, then slowly release the pedal until the engine
idles. 10. Turn the headlights off. Idle the engine for one
minute with heater fan switch at HI and air condi-
5. Cl:leck idling in no-load conditions: headlights, blower tioner on, then check the idle speed.
fan, rear defogger, radiator fan, and air conditioner
are not operating. Idle speed should be: 810 50 rpm (min- 1)
NOTE: (KS model) Remove No. 16 (7.5 A) fuse in the If the idle speed is not within specification, see
under-dash fuse box, then check that the headlights Symptom Chart on page 11-C-13.
and side marker lights are off.
Idle speed should be: 450 50 rpm (min- 1)
11-C-79
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Pressure
Inspection
1. Relieve fuel pressure.
2. Remove the 12 mm banjo bolt from the fuel filter

while holding the fuel filter with another wrench.
Attach the fuel pressure adapter bolt, 12 mm (90008
- PD6- 010) and the special tool.
ClAMP
FUEL PRESSURE
REGULATOR
3. Start the engine. Measure the fuel pressure with the

engine idling and the vacuum hose of the fuel pres-
sure regulator disconnected from the fuel pressure
regulator and pinched. If the engine will not start,
turn the ignition switch ON (II), wait for two sec-
onds, turn it off, then back on again and read the
fuel pressure.
Pressure should be:

240- 280 kPa (2.45- 2.85 kgf/cm 2 , 34.8- 40.5 psi)
4. Reconnect vacuum hose to the fuel pressure regulator.
Pressure should be:

180-220 kPa (1.8- 2.2 kgf/cm 2 , 26-31 psi)
If the fuel pressure is not as specified, first check the

fuel pump. If the fuel pump is OK, check the follow-
ing:
If the fuel pressure is higher than specified,
inspect for:
- Pinched or clogged fuel return hose or line.
- Faulty fuel pressure regulator.
If the fuel pressure is lower than specified,
inspect for:
-Clogged fuel filter.
- Faulty fuel pressure regulator.
- Fuel line leakage.
11-C-80
PGM-FI Main Relay
Troubleshooting
- Engine wiiJnot start.

- Inspection of PGM-FI main NOTE: The inertia switch must be reset PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 7P CONNECTOR
relay and relay harness. by pressing the button.
GND

(GND line): @
2. Disconnect the PGM'-FI main
L
relay connector. Wire side of female terminals
the PGM-FI main relay 7P con-
nector terminal No. 3 and body
ground.

Is there continuityi
the PGM-FI main relay and G101.
YES

wire (BAT line):
Measure voltage between the
PGM-FI main relay 7P connector
terminal No. 7 and body ground.
- Replace the ECU (ECM) 115 Al

fuse in the under-hood
NO fuse/relay box.
.lsthere battery voltage? - Repair open or short in the
wire between the PGM-FI main
YES relay and the ECU (ECM) (15 AI
fuse.

wire IIG1 line):
2. Measure the voltage between
nector terminal No. 5 and body
ground.
NO
YES
A B
(cont'd)
(To page 11-C-82) (To page 11-C-82)
11-C-81
Fuel Supply System
PGM-FI Main Relay (cont' d)

(from page 11-C-81) (From page 11-C-81) INERTIA SWITCH 3P CONNECTOR
A 8
Check the inertia switch:

2. Disconnect the 3P connector
from the inertia switch.
IG1
(BLK/YEL
e INERTIA
SWITCH IBLK/RED)

- Replace the No. 24 (without
inertia switch 3P connector
SRS model: No. 12) FUEL
terminals No. 1 and No.3.
Check for an open or short in the PUMP (15 AI fuse in the under-
wire (STS line): dash fuse/relay box.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the - Repair open in the wire
NO between the inertia switch
START (Ill) position. Is there battery voltage?
NOTE: M!T in neutral, A[T in and No. 24 (without SRS
[ID or [:e:J position. model: No. 121 FUEL PUMP
YES (15 AI fuse.
the PGM-FI main relay 7P con- - Repair open in the wire
nector terminal No. 2 and body between the PGM-FI main
Replace the inertia switch.
ground. . relay and inertia switch.
PGM-FI MAIN RELAY 7P CONNECTOR
FLR
- Replace the No. 18 STARTER IGRN/VEL)
(M
SIGNAL {7 .5 A) fuse in the
NO under-dash fuse/relay box.
Is there battery voltage? - Repair open or short in the
wire between the PGM-A main 4 5 6 7
0
YES relay and the No. 18 STARTER
SIGNAL (7.5 AI fuse.
Check for an open in the wire ECM CONNECTOR A (32PJ

FLR
(FLRiine): (GRN/VEL)
2. Disconnect the ECM connec- 1112 3 4 5 6 v 8 9 10 11 I
I
tor A (32P). l12J13 14 15 16 17 1aV 20 22 \/ 23 24
3. Check for continuity between 25 26 1/ 1/ I/ v I/ L::::::::
nector terminal No. 1 and ECM
con nectar terminal A 16. Wire side of female terminals

Is there continuity? the ECM (A16l and the PGM-FI
main relay.
YES
(To page 11-C-83)
11-C-82
(From page 11-C-82)
ECM CONNECTOR A (32PI .

IIGP1, IGP21inesl:
1. Reconnect the ECM connector
A(32P).
2. Reconnect. the PGM-FI main
relay 7P connector.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON Ill).
4. Measure voltage between IGP2
ECM connector terminals A 11 (VEL/BLKI
and A10, and between A24
Wire side of
and A10.
female terminals
- Repair open in the wire

NO between the ECM (A11. A241
and the PGM-FI main relay.
- Replace the PGM-Fl main relay.
YES
Check for an open in the ECM:

2. Measur.e voltage between
and A16 when the ignition
switch is first turned ON (II) for
two seconds.

NO and recheck (see page 11-C-11
Is there 1.0 V or less? for immobilizer information). If
YES able, replace the original ECM.
Check the PGM-Fl main relay.
11-C-83
Intake Air System.
Fuel Injection Air (flA) Control System (016W4 engine)

Description
When the engine running [engine coola.nt temperature below 65C (149F)J, the Fuel Injection Air (FIA) Control Valve sends
intake air to the fuel injectors.
FUEL
INJECTOR
To FUEL
INJECTOR
VALVE
From
AIR
CLEANER _.......,__
FIACONTROL
VALVE
y :INTAKE
AIR
11-C-84
Fuel Injection Air (FIAI Control Valve Testing
1. 'Start the engine.
2. Remove the vacuum hose from the install pipe, and

connect a vacuum gauge to the hose.
NOTE: Engine coolant temperature must be below

65C (149F).
VACUUM PUMP
GAUGE, 0- 30 in.Hg.
3. Raise and lower the engine speed, and make sure

the vacuum gauge reading changes as the engine
speed changes.
If vacuum reading does not change check;

the vacuum lines of FIA system for misrouting,
leakage, breakage and clogging.
the FIA control valve for cracks or damage.
check the cooling system (see section 10).
4. Hold the engine at 3,000 rpm (min- 1 ) with no load

(A/T in [ffi or position, MfT in neutral) until the
radiator fan comes on, then let it idle and recheck.
If vacuum reading changes check; .

the FIA control valve for cracks or damage.
check the cooling system (see section 10).
11-C-85
Emission Control System
Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)

IP0420 IThe scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P0420: Catalyst system efficiency below
Description
This system evaluates the catalyst's capacity by means of the H02S (Primary and Secondary) output during stable driving
conditions. If deterioration has been detected during two consecutive driving cycles, the MIL comes on and DTC P0420 will
be stored.
NOTE: If some of the DTCs listed below are stored at the same time as DTC P0420, troubleshoot those DTCs first, then
troubleshoot DTC P0420.
P0137, P0138: Secondary H02S (Sensor 2)

P0141: Secondary H02S (Sensor 2) Heater
Possible Cause
TWC Deterioration
Exhaust system leakage

I
with no load (A/T in IID or If]
position, MIT in neutral) until
3. Connect the SCS sho'rt con-
nector.
4. Test-drive 64 - 88 km/h (40 -
55 mph) for approx. two min-
utes. Then decelerate far at
least 3 seconds with the throt-
tle completely closed. Then
reduce the vehicle speed to
56 km/h (35 mph), and try to
hold it until the readiness
code comes on.
I NO I Intermittent failure, system is OK J

l at this time. _I
I YES
Check the TWC (see section 9).
If necessary, replace the TWC.
11-C-86
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Controls
Desctiption
The evaporative emission controls are designed to minimize the amount of fuel vapor escaping to the atmosphere. The
system consists of the following components:
A. Evaporative Emission (EVAPI Control Canister

An EVAP control canister is used for the temporary storage of fuel vapor until the fuel vapor can be purged from the
EVAP control canister into the engine and burned.
B. Vapor Purge Control System

EVAP control canister purging is accomplished by drawing fresh air through the EVAP.control canister and into a port
on the intake manifold. The purging vacuum is controlled by the EVAP purge control solenoid valve.
EVAP PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE DUTY CONTROLLED 1-
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE ABOVE 68C (154F)
C. Fuel Tank Vapor Control System

When fuel vapor pressure in the fuel tank is higher than the set value of the EVAP two way valve, the valve opens and
regulates the flow of fuel vapor to the EVAP control canister.
EVAP
PURGE
CONTROL
SOLENOID .
EVAP
TWO WAY VALVE
From
VALVE
PGM-FI
, . - - - - - - VEL/
BLK _ _ _ ___....,..,.. MAIN
RELAY
ECM VARIOUS
RED/_.__RED SENSORS
EVAP
VEL
CONTROL FUEL
CANISTER FILL
CAP BLK
.l.
FUEL TANK
FUEL
TANK
EVAPVALVE
(cont'd)
11-C-87
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Controls (cont'dl

1P044JI The scan tool indicates Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) P0443: A electrical problem in the EVAP Purge Control
Solenoid Valve circuit.

- IDTC P0443 is stored.
EVAP
PURGE CONTROL
Problem
1. Do the ECMReset Procedure.
CANISTER . . " '
0
Is DTC P0443 indicated? nections or loose wires at the
PUMP/GAUG E
YES valve and the ECM. !Sltl
.
Check for the EVAP purge con-
trol solenoid valve:
2. Disconnect the vacuum hose
from the EVAP purge control
canister and connect a vacu-
um gauge to the hose. EVAP PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID
3. Start the engine and allow it VALVE2PCONNECTOR
(PCS line!:
to idle .
2. Disconnect the EVAP purge
YES control solenoid valve 2P con-
Is there vacuum?
nector.
3. Check for continuity between PCS(RED
NO Wire side of
the EVAP purge control sole-
noid valve 2P connector ter- female
minal No. 2 and body ground. ""' terminals
I
NO Replace the EVAP purge control
solenoid valve.
Check for the EVAP purge con-
trol solenoid valve: . I YES
Check for a short in the ECM:
2. Disconnect the EVAP purge
control solenoid valve 2P con-
tor A (32P).
nector. ..
2. Check .for continuity between
the EVAP purge control
4. At the harness side, measure
solenoid valve 2P connector
voltage. between the EVAP
terminal No. 2 and body
purge control solenoid valve
ground.
2Pconnector terminal No. 1
and body ground. I YES Repair short in the wire between
Is there continuity? the ECM (A15) and the EVAP
purge control solenoid valve.
I NO
qtJ

the EVAP purge control solenoid
IGP
{YEL/BLKI 1
valve and PGM-FI main relay.
I YES
(To page 11-C-89)
11-C-88
(From page 11-C-88) ECM CONNECTOR A I32PI
I
IPCS line):
2. Reconnect the EVAP purge
control solenoid valve 2P con-
nectar.
and A15.

NO the ECM IA151 and the EVAP
Is there battery voltage? purge control solenoid valve. If
wire is OK, replace the EVAP
YES purge control solenoid valve.

(cont'd)
11-C-89
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Controls (cont'd)

A mechanical or vacuum problem
Inspection of Evaporative Emis-

sion Controls
EVAP
Check the vacuum when cold: PURGE CONTROL
CANISTER
((
1. Disconnect the vacuum hose
from the EVAP purge control
canister and connect a vacuum
gauge to the hose.
2. Start the engine and allow it
to idle.
NOTE: Engine coolant tem-
perature must be below 68C
(154F).
YES Inspect vacuum hose routing.

Is there vacuum? If OK, replace EVAP purge con-
trol solenoid valve.
NO
Check the vacuum when hot:

1. Hold the engine at 3,000 rpm
(min') with no load (MIT in
neutral, A/T in ffil or (f] posi-
tion) until the radiator fan
comes on, then raise the
engine speed to 3,000 rpm
(min- 1 ).
2. Check for vacuum at the vac-
uum hose after starting the
engine.
NO Inspect vacuum hose routing.

Is there vacuum? If OK, replace the EVAP purge
control solenoid valve.
YES
Check the EVAP control canister:

1. Reconnect the vacuum hose
to the EVAP purge control can-
ister.
2. Remove fuel fill cap.
3. Connect a vacuum gauge to
canister purge air hose.
4. Start the engine and raise
speed to.3,500 rpm (min-').
PURGE AIR HOSE
Does vacuum appear on gauge NO

within 1 minute? Replace the EVAP control canister.
YES
See EVAP two way valve test to

complete.
Evaporative emission controls
are OK.
11-C-90
Transaxle
Manual Transmission
Gasoline Engines ................................ 13-1
Differential (818C4 engine) ................... 15-1
Driveshafts ............................................. 16-1
Manual Transmission (Gasoline
Engines)
Maintenance
Transmission Oil ................................. 13-2
NOTE: Refer to the 1995 CIVIC 5D Shop Manual (P/N 62ST300), 1996
CIVIC 5D Shop Manual Supplement (P/N 62ST320), 1997 CIVIC 5D Shop
Manual Supplement (P/N 62ST321) for the items not .shown in this section.
Outline of Model Change

The oil grade has been added in case of unavailable SG or SH grade oil.
Maintenance
Transmission Oil
NOTE: Check the oil with the engine OFF and car on
level ground.
1. Remove the oil filler plug, then check the level and
condition of the oil.
OIL ALLER PLUG

44 Nm (4.5 kgfm, 33 lbf.ft)
WASHER
Replace.
2. The oil level must be up to the filler hole. If it is

below the hole, add oil until it runs out, then rein-
stall the oil filler plug with a new washer.
3. If the transmission oil is dirty, remove the drain

plug and drain the oil.
4. Reinstall the drain plug with a new washer, and

refill the transmission oil to the proper level.
NOTE: The drain plug washer should be replaced at

every oil change.
5. Reinstall the oil filler plug with a new washer.
Oil Capacity
9AModel
e
1.8 (1.9 US qt, 1.61mp qtl at oil change.
1.9 i (2.0 US qt, 1.7 Imp qtl at overhaul.
S9BModel
2.2 (2.3 US qt, 1.9 Imp qtl at oil change.
e
2.3 (2.4 US qt, 2.0 Imp qtl at overhaul.
Always use genuine Honda manual transmission fluid

(MTF). If it is not available, you may use an API service
SG, SH or SJ grade motor oil with a viscosity of SAE
10W-30 or 10W-40 as a temporary replacement.
13-2
Differential (B18C4 engine)
Limited Slip Differential (LSD)

Illustrated Index .................................. 15-2
NOTE: Refer to the 1995 CIVIC 50 Shop Manual (P/N 62ST300), 1997
CIVIC 50 Shop Manual Supplement (P/N 62ST321) for the items not
shown in this section.
Outline of Model Change

The tapered roller bearing of the Limited Slip Differential has been changed to ball bearing.
limited Slip Differential (LSD)
Illustrated Index
NOTE:
The limited slip differential assembly is non-rebuildable, replace it if it is damaged.
Tepered roller bearing has been changed to ball bearing, for the replacement procedure, refer to Differential (Manual
Transmission) in the 1995 CIVIC 5 Door Shop Manual (P/N 62ST300, page 15-1 to 15-8).
OIL SEAL Replace.
BALL BEARING
Check for wear and damage.
LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL
10x 1.0 mm
101 Nm (10.3 kgfm, 74.5 lbf.ft)
Left-hand threads
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR
Inspect for wear and damage.
OIL SEAL Replace.
15-2
Driveshafts
Special Tools .......................................... 16-2

Disassembly ........................... ..... ........... 16-3
.Reassembly ............ ............................... 16-6
NOTE: Refer to the 1995 CIVIC 50 Shop Manual (P/N 62ST300), 1997 .
CIVIC 50 Shop Manual Supplement (P/N 62ST321), for.the items not
shown in this section.
. \

The outboard boot ofthe 818C4 engine has been changed to Thermoplastic Polyester Elastomer (TPE).
The replacement procedure for ear clamp type boot bands has been added.
The outboard joint disassembly/reassembly procedure has been added.
Special Tools
Ref. No. Tool Number Description Remark
CD 07XAC- 0010100 Threaded Adapter, 22 x 1.5 mm

07936-5790001 Sliding Hammer Set
16-2
Driveshafts
Disassembly
Inboard Joint Side: Crimping Type
Carefully clamp the driveshaft in a vise with soft

jaws, then remove the set ring from the inboard
BOOT BAND
joint. Replace.
2. Remove the boot bands. Take care not to damage

the boot.
If the boot band is a locking tab type, pry up the
locking tabs with a screwdriver, and raise the
end of the band.
If the boot band is a welded type, cut the boot
band.
If the boot band is a crimping type, pry up the
end of the band with a screwdriver. Double Loop Type
If the boot band is a double loop type; lift up the DOUBLE LOOP BAND
band bend. Replace.
Locking Tab Type
3. Mark each roller and inboard joint to identify the

locations of rollers and grooves in the inboard joint.
Then remove the inboard joint on the shop towel.
Be careful not to drop the rollers when separating
them from the inboard joint.
INBOARD JOINT
Check splines for wear or damage.
Check inside bore for wear.
Inspect for cracks.
SET RING
Replace.
Welded Type
BOOT BAND
Replace.
I Marks
(cont'd)
16-3
Driveshafts
Disassembly (cont'd)
4. Mark the rollers and spider to identify the locations Outboard Joint Side:
of the rollers on the spider, then remove the rollers.
1.. Lift up. the three tabs with a screwdriver, then
BEARING REMOVER remove the boot bands. Take care not to damage
{Commercially available) the boot.
DRIVESHAFT
NOTE:
If the boot band i!? a double loop type, lift up the
band bend.
If the boot band is a welded type, cut the boot
band.
. If the boot band is the locking tabs type, pry up
the tabs with a screwdriver, and lift up the end of
the band.
Ear Clamp Type:
Mark
CIRCLIP
5. Remove the circlip.
6. Mark the spider and driveshaft to identify the posi-

tion of the spider on the shaft.
7. Remove the spider using a bearing remover.
8. Wrap the splines on the driveshaft with vinyl tape to

prevent damage to the boot and dynamic damper.
VINYL TAPE
INBOARD BOOT
Inspect for' cracking,
splitting, and wear.
2. Slide the outboard boot to the inboard joint side.
9. Remove the inboard boot and dynamic damper.

Take care not to damage the boot.
OUTBOARD BOOT
.16-4
3. Wipe off the grease to expose the driveshaft and 7. Remove the drives haft from the vise.
the outboard joint inner race.
8. Remove the stop ring from the driveshaft.
4. Mark the driveshaft at the same position of the out-
board joint end with paint.
DRIVES HAFT
DRIVESHAFT
STOP RING
Replace.
5. Carefully clamp the driveshaft in avise.
THREADED ADAPTER, 22 x 1.5 mm

07XAC- 0010100
SLIDING HAMMER SET

07936 - 5790001
6. Remove the outboard joint using .a tool" as

shown.
16-5
Driveshafts (Except B18C4 Gasoline Engines)
Reassembly
Note these items during reassembly:
Clean the disassembled parts with solvent, and dry them thoroughly with compressed air. Do not wash the rubber
parts with solvent.
:Thoroughly pack the inboard and outboard joints and both boots with the joints boots with the joint
grease included in the new driveshaft set.
Grease quantity:
Inboard Joint
120-130 g (4.2- 4.6 oz)
Outboard Joint LEFT SIDE
99 - 117 g (2.8 - 3.3 oz)
INBOARD JOINT
SET RING - - - - ROLLER
Replace.
DOUBLE LOOP BAND

Replace.
Pack cavity with grease.
DYNAMIC DAMPER
STOP RING
RIGHT SIDE
OUTBOARD.BOOT
(RUBBER)
DOUBLE LOOP BAND
......
Replace.
OUTBOARD JOINT
EAR CLAMP BAND

Replace.
Pack cavity with grease.
16-6
(818C4 Engine)
Note these items during reassembly:

Clean the disassembled parts with solvent, and dry them thoroughly with compressed air. Do not wash the rubber
parts with solvent.
: Thoroughly pack the inboard and outboard joints and both joint boots with the boots with the joint
grease included in the new driveshaft set.
The B18C4 engine uses a TPE (Thermoplastic Polyester Elastomer) outboard joint boot. Use the ear clamp type boot
band in the outboard joint boot set.
Grease quantity:
Inboard Joirit: 120- 130 g (4.2- 4.6 oz)
Splines (A): 0.5- 1.0 g (0.0:18- 0.035 oz)
Outboard Joint: 105- 115 g (3.0- 3.3 oz)
INBOARD JOINT
SET R I N G - - - - , ROLLER
Replace.
LEFT INBOARD JOINT

INBOARD BOOT
Pack cavitywith grease.

SPLINES: {A)
- riijiijffi .
DOUBLE LOOP BAND

STOP RING
Replace.
OUTBOARD BOOT ITPEl
OUTBOARD JOINT
EAR CLAMP BAND

Replace.
(cont'd)
16-7
Driveshafts
Reassembly (cont'd)
Inboard Joint Side: 5. Fit the rollers onto the spider.
1. Wrap the splines with vinyl tape prevent damage to NOTE:

the inboard boot and dynamic damper. Reinstall the rollers in their original positions on
the spider by aligning the marks.
DRIVE SHAFT Point the driveshaft upward prevent the rollers
.
from falling off.
VINYL TAPE
BOOT BAND
(Except B18C4 engine)
Replace. ROLLER r
High shoulder faces
toward outside
DYNAMIC DAMPER BAND

(Except 818C4 engine)
Replace.
DYNAMIC DAMPER
2. Install the dynamic damper and inboard boot to the

driveshaft, then remove the vinyl tape. Take care
not to damage the inboard bo.ot and dynamic
damper.
3. Install the spider on the driveshaft by aligning the 6. Pack the inboard joint with the joint grease included
marks on the spider and end of the driveshaft. in the new driveshaft set.
Grease quantity: 120-130 g (4.2- 4.6 oz)

Left inboard joint (818C4 engine) splines: 0.5- 1.0 9
o.-CIRCLIP (0.018- 0.035 oz)
SPIDER
DRIVESHAFT
4. Fit the circlip into the driveshaft groove. Always

rotate the circlip in its groove to be sure it is fully
seated.
16-8
7. Fit the inboard joint onto the driveshaft. Right driveshaft
B18C4 engine: 487- 492 mm (19.2- 19.4 in)
. NOTE: Except B18C4 engines: 502.4- 507.4 mm (19.8-
Reinstall the inboard joint onto the driveshaft by 20.0inl
aligning the marks on the inboard joint with the
marks on the rollers.
Hold the driveshaft with the inboard joint point-
ing upward to prevent it from falling off.
INBOARD
JOINT
Left driveshaft
B18C4 engine: 246...: 250 mm (9.7- 9.8 in)
Except B18C4 engines: 505-509 mm (19.9- 20.0 in)
Right driveshaft .
B18C4 engine: 254- 258 mm (10.0- 10.21 in)
Except B18C4 engines: 252- 256 mm (9.9- 10.0 in)
8. Adjust the length of the driveshafts to the specifica-

tions below, then adjust the boots to halfway
between full compression and full extension. Make
sure the ends of the boots seat in the groove of the
driveshaft and joint .
. Left driveshaft (818C4 engine):

475 - 480 mm (18. 7 - 18.9 in) 9. Set the double loop band onto the boot with the
band end toward the front of the vehicle.
DOUBLE LOOP BAND
I
Front
Left driveshaft (Except B18C4 engine):

772.9 - 777.9 mm (30.4- 30.6 in)
BOOT
(cont'd)
16-9
Driveshafts
Reassembly (cont' d)
10. Pull up the slack in the band by hand. 14. Lift up the boot band tool to bend the free end of
the band 90 degrees to the clip. Center punch the
11. Make a mark on the. band 10- 14 mm (0.4- 0.6 in) clip, then fold over the remaining tail onto the clip.
from the clip.
CLIP
15. Unwind the boot band tool, and cut off the excess
12. Thread the free end of the band through the nose free end of the band to leave a 5- 10 mm (0.2- 0.4
section of the commercially available boot band in) tail protruding from the clip.
tool (KD-3191 or equivalent), and into the slot on
the winding mandrel.
13. Place a wrench on the winding mandrel of the boot

band tool, and tighten the band until the marked
spot on the band meets the edge of the clip.
5-10mm
(0.2 - 0;4 in)
BOOT BAND TOOL

(KD-3191
or equivalent) Mark on band.
16-10
16. Bend the band end by tapping it down with a ham- Outboard Joint Side:
mer.
1. Wrap the splines with vinyl tape to prevent damage
NOTE: to the boot.
Make sure the band does not move.
Remove any grease remaining on the surround-
ing surfaces.
VINYL TAPE
2. Install the boot band and outboard boot, then

reniove the vinyl tape. Take care not to damage the
17. Install the new set ring. boot.
3. Install the stop ring into the driveshaft groove.
DRIVESHAFT
STOP RING
(cont'd)
16-11
Driveshafts
Reassembly (cont'd)
4. Insert the driveshaft into the outboard joint until the 6. Check the alignment of the paint mark with the out-
stop ring is close on the joint. board joint end.
DRIVESHAFT
DRIVESHAFT
7. Pack the outboard joint with the joint grease included

in the new joint boot set.
5. To completely seat the outboard joint, pick up the
driveshaft and joint, and drop them from about 10 Grease quantity
em (4 to 5 inches) onto a hard surface. Do not use a Except B18C4 engine: 99- 117 g (2.8- 3.3 ozl
hammer as excessive force may damage the drive- B18C4 engine: 105- 1 '115 g (3.0- 3.3 ozl
shaft.
DRIVESHAFT
AMI OUTBOARD JOINT
16-12
8. Fit the boot ends onto the driveshaft and outboard 11. Close the ear portion of the band with a commercially
joint. available boot band pincers KENT-MOORE J-35910 or
equivalent.
OUTBOARD BOOT ITPEI

OUTBOARD BOOT
or equivalent
EAR PORTION
9. Install the boot bands.
Except 818C4 engines, go to step 13
B18C4 engine, go to step 10. .12. Check the clearance betWeen the closed ear portion
of the band. If the clearance is not within the stan-
10. Set the ear clamp band by threading the tab into the dard, close the ear portion of the band further.
holes of.the band.
TAB
3.0 mm (0.12 inl MAX
EAR CLAMP' BAND

Replace.
(cont'd)
16-13
Driveshafts
Reassembly (cont'd)
13. Fit the boot ends onto the driveshaft and the 17. Thread the free end of the band through the nose
outboard joint. section of the commercially available boot band
tool KD-3191 or equivalent and into the slot on the
OUTBOARD BOOT (RUBBER) winding mandrel.
BOOT BAND TOOL Mark spot.

(Commercially available)
K0-3191 or equivalent _
14. Fitthe double loop boot bands onto the boot ends.
15. Pull up the slack in the band by hand. 18. Place a wrench on the winding mandrel of the band
tightening tool, and tighten the band until the
16. Mark a position on the band 10- 14 rrim (0.4- 0.6 marked spot on the band meets the edge of the clip.
-in.) from the clip.
19. Lift up the band tightening tool to bend the free end
of the band goo to the clip. Center punch the clip,
then fold over the remaining tail onto the clip.
CLIP
16-14
20. Unwind the band tightening tool, and cut off the
excess free end of the band to leave a 5- 10 mm
(0.2- 0.4 in) from the clip.
21. Bend the band by tapping it down with a hammer.
NOTE: Make sure that the band and the clip does
not interfere with anything, and that the band does
not move. Remove any grease remaining in the sur-
rounding surfaces.
BAND END
16-15
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
Special Tools ........................................................ 19-1 ABS Indicator Does Not Come On ................ 19-17
Component Locations ......................................... 19-2 ABS Indicator Does Not Go Off
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) (NO DTCI .................................................... 19-19.
Features/Construction ................................... 19-3_ DTC: 11, 12, 13, 14, 15; 16, 17, 18,21 ............. 19-21 .
Electronic Brake Distribution (EBDI .............. 19-5 DTC: 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 51, 61,
Circuit Diagram 81 .....................................:............ ...... :...... 19-23
Except 20T2N engine ..................................... 19-6 DTC: 52; 53 ................................................ ..... 19-24
20T2N engine .................................................. 19-8 DTC: 54 ............................................................ 19-25
Terminal Arrangement Modulator Assembiy
Except 20T2N engine ........ ......................... ,.. 19-10 Removal/Installation ............... ;...........: .......... 19-26
20T2N engine .................................................. 19-11 Pulsers/Wheel Sensors
Troubleshooting Precautions ............................. 19-12 Inspection ... ; ............. :...................................... 19-27
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTCI Wheel Sensor Replacement ........................ :. 19-27
DTC Indication ................................................ 19-14
Troubleshooting Index ................................... 19-15
Troubleshooting
Brake System Indicator Does Not
Go Off ......................................................... 19-16

The listed below items were changed; troubleshooting was entered.
-Except D16W3 and 20T2N engine models: Electronic Brake Distribution (EBD) was added.
- 20T2N engine model: ABS is changed to same as except 20T2N engine model.
Special Tools @ABS
Ref. No. Tool Number Description Oty Remark
07TAZ- ST30100 ABS Short Connector

Component Locations
The parts with asterisk (*): LHD type is shown, RHO type is symmetrical.
The illustration shows except 20T2N engine model.
RIGHT-REAR WHEEL SENSOR
*UNDER-HOOD
FUSE/RELAY BOX
LEFT-REAR
WHEEL SENSOR
MODULATOR ASSEMBLY
LEFT WHEEL
SENSOR CONNECTOR
GAUGE ASSEMBLY UNDER HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX
BATTERY (80 AI FUSE
BATTERY (100 AI FUSE IB18C4 engine type)
IG (50 AI FUSE
STOP/HORN (20Al FUSE
UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAV BOX UNDER-HOOD ABS FUSE BOX

(Except 20T2N engine)
ABS MOTOR (40 AI FUSE
ABS +B 120 AI FUSE
AUXILIARY FUSE HOLDER
19-2
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Features/Construction
When the brake pedal is depressed during driving, the wheels can lock before the vehicle comes to a stop. In such an
event, the maneuverability of the vehicle is reduced if the front wheels are locked, and the stability of the vehicle is
reduced (tail slide) if the rear wheels are locked, creating an extremely unstable condition. The ABS precisely controls the
slip rate of the wheels to ensure maximum grip force from the tires, and it thereby ensures maneuverbility and stability of
the vehicle.
ABS Control Unit
Main Control
The ABS control unit detects the wheel speed based on the wheel sensor signal it received, then it calculates the vehicle
speed based on the detected wheel speed. The ABS control unit detects the vehicle speed at deceleration by slowing
down from the vehicle speed before deceleration at a certain rate.
The ABS control unit calculates the slip rate of each wheel and it transmits the control signal to the modulator unit
solenoid valve when the slip rate is high.
The pressure reduction circuit is the three control channels system of each front wheel and both rear wheels.
The pressure reduction control has three modes: pressure reduction, pressure retaining, and pressure intensifying.
The wheel sensor signal is four channels system from each wheel.
Self-diagnosis Function
The ABS control unit equips the watch dog timer.
The ABS control unit equips the main CPU and sub CPU, that check each other for problems.
The CPUs check the circuit of the system.
On-board Diagnosis Function

The ABS control unit equips the data link connector (5P).
The ABS can be diagnosed with HONDA PGM TESTER.
ABS Modulator Unit
The ABS modulator unit consists of the solenoid valve, solenoid valve, reservoir, pump, pump motor and the
damping chamber.
The direct pressure reducing controltype that reduces the caliper fluid pressure directly is adopted for the modulator,
which is also referred as the circulating type because the brake fluid circulates through the caliper, reservoir and the mas-
ter cylinder.
The hydraulic control has the three modes of pressure reduction, pressure retaining and pressure intensifying modes.
The hydraulic circuit is the independent four channel from each wheel.
(cont'd)
19-3
Brake System (ABS)
Features/Construction (cont'd)
MODULATOR ASSEMBLY
PUMP MOTOR
MASTER CYLINDER
r---------------------
MODULATOR ASSEMBl'I
1 DAMPING CHAMBER
I
I
I
i
RL FR FL RR
IN : INLET VALVE (NORMAL OPEN)
OUT: OUTLET VALVE (NORMAL CLOSE)
Wheel Sensor
The four wheel sensors are the magnetic contactless type.

As the gear pulser teeth rotate past the wheel sensor's magnetic coil, AC current is generated. The AC frequency changes
in accordance with the wheel speed. The ABS control unit detects the wheel sensor signal frequency and thereby detects
the wheel speed.
GEAR PULSER
WHEEL SENSOR at HIGH SPEED
0 at LOW SPEED
19-4
Electronic Brake Distribution.(EBD) (except D16W3 and 20T2N engine
models)
The EBD is a function that distributes the brake force best to adjust the rear brake force before ABS operated.
The EBD functions by the ABS control unit controls the modulator based on the wheel sensor signal. The ABS control unit
hold the brake fluid pressure by closing the inlet valve when rear wheel speed is down less than front wheel speed, then
the ABS control unit decreases the brake fluid pressure by opening the outlet valve for a moment if the rear wheel speed
is down more. When the rear wheel speed returns, the ABS control unit increases the brake fluid pressure by opening the
inlet valve for a moment. The ABS control unit repeats this control quickly, and the ABS control unit controls the rear
brake fluid pressure individualy. During. these EBD function, brake pedal kickback is occured.
Self-diagnosis function
The ABS control unit turns the brake system indicator on, when the ABS control unit detects the problem that affects to
the EBD during self-diagnosis. That time, the ABS control unit turns the ABS indicator too.
1.9-5
Circuit Diagram
Except 20T2N engine
BATTERY
+ UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX. BRAKE SWITCH

STOP/HORN (ZOA) Closed: Brake pedal depressed
....
IGNITION.
SWITCH GRN/RED
BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL SWITCH I'
Closed: Low fluid
LHD;G301
RHO: GZ01
+B
ABS MOTOR (40A)

WHTroLu--------------------------------------WHTfflLU---------
WHEEL SENSOR
LEFT GRN/ORN
FRONT ---------
GRNfflLK
GRN------
LEFT LTBLU
REAR 2 GAY------
OATALINK RIGHT 1 GRN/YEL - - - - - -

CONNECTOR (SP)
REAR 2, BLU/YEL - - - - - - -
I
LTBLU--{> ECM (DLC)
+B BLU!GRN - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - B L U / G R N - - - - - -
y BLU/WHT--------------------------------------------BLU/WHT
LwHT!RED
BRNfflLK -{> ECM (LG)
GAUGE ASSEMBLY CONNECTORS

UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY
BOX CONNECTORS
UNDER-HOOD ABS FUSE BOX
CONNECTOR 7P CONNECTOR (0 number) WHEEL SENSOR
CONNECTOR
22PCONNECTOR (0 number)
Di/trl 11\213[4]5\6\71 FRONT
BRAKE SWITCH CONNECTOR 12P CONNECTOR (0 number) @)
e
20P CONNECTOR (0 number) REAR
I2I3 I4/s Isi7 Is I9 110111
1PCONNECTOR (L:>. number) DATA LINK CONNECTOR (SP) 10P CONNECTOR (L:>. number) Terminal side of
male terminals
8 1,1d2l41sr , 12 13 141siF6 171s 1s 110

19-6
MODULATOR ASSEMBLY
ABS CONTROL UNIT MODULATOR UNIT
GRNJWHT--(j)
LIGHT ....--GRNM'HT-----(14)
BRAKE
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - " " " " ! ' . GRN!RED--....4--GRN/RED

--------- WLE
D16W3
PARKING
BRAKE SWITCH
-----
Closed: Brake lever
puDed
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - BLU/RED------<;!0) WALP
016W3 engine@
M A l - - - - - -..
-------------------------
-------------------------BRN/BLK.....,---..(6)
-------------------------GRN/BLK -----:5) FRO
-------------------------LTBLU-----..(9)
All
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - B L U N E L . __ _ _ _
RLO
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - BLU/GRN -----<i'i)
RRI
MODULATORASSEMBLY CONNECTOR
Terminal side of female terminals
19-7
Circuit Diagram
20T2N engine
BATIERY
+ UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX BRAKE SWITCH

STOP/HORN (20A) Closed: Brake pedal depressed
--r::::.:::r- UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX . GAUGE ASSEMBLY
BACK-UP LIGHTS (1 OA) l
LHD: G201 ,G401

RHD: G301 ,G401
ABS UNIT (lOA)

. _ __ _ _ _ __ J
FUSE HOLDER A
L---cl\.s:>-----f'-BRNIBLK------------------------------BRN/BLK-----
SOA .
WHEEL SENSOR
_________
LEFT-
REAR
WHEEL SENSOR
BRAKE SWITCH CONNECTOR GAUGE ASSEMBLY 7P CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
FRONT/REAR
UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX DATA LINK CONNECTOR (5P)

20P CONNECTOR (0 number)
234 56 8
1112l3141sr Terminal side of male terminals
19-8
MODULATOR ASSEMBLY
GRNJWHT--d5
....---GRN,WHT------<]1i4)4 STOP ABS CONTROL UNIT MODULATOR UNIT
LIGHT
BRAKE
WALP
--------------------------GRN---.---(!
-------------------------BLU/GRY -------{@
G20f.G203
MODULATOR ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR
19-9
Terminal Arrangement
Except 20T2N engine MODULATOR ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR
Measurement
Terminal Wire Terminal sign
color (Terminal name) Description Conditions
number Terminal Voltage
(Ignition switch ON IIIII
RRS (-) Detects right-rear
1 BLU/YEL (Rear-right signal wheel sensor signal
negative)
1-3
RRS (+)
3 GRN/YEL (Rear-right signal
positive)
FRS(-) Detects right-front AC: 0.053 V
4 GRN (Front-right signal wheel sensor signal or above
negative) Turn wheel at
.4-5
FRS(+) 1 turn/second Oscilloscope:
5 GRN/BLK (Front-right signal 0.15 Vp-p or
positive) above
Wheel
FLS (-) Detects left-front wheel
6 BRN!BLK (Front-left signal sensor signal
negative)
6-7
FLS (+)
7 GRN/ORN (Front-left signal
positive)
RLS H Detects left-rear wheel
8 GRY (Rear-left signal sensor signal
negative)
8-9 Stops Approx. 2.5 V
RLS (+)
9 LTBLU (Rear-left signal
positive)
DIAG-K Communicate with
11 BLU/GRN (Diagnosis K
terminal)
Honda PGM Tester -- -- --
DIAG-L
(Diagnosis L
Diagnostic trouble
ABS short Connected ov
12 BLU/WHT code indication 12-GND
terminal) connector Disconnected Approx. 5 V
Detects brake switch Depressed Battery voltage
Brake
14 GRN/WHT STOP signal 14-GND
pedal Released ov
Detects ignition switch 2
IG2
15 BLK!RED (Ignition 2) signal (System activate 15-GND -- Battery voltage
signal)
P-GND Ground for the pump
16 BLK 16-GND Below 0.3 V
(Pump ground) motor
+B-MR Power source for the
17 WHT!BLU 17-GND Every time Battery voltage
(+B motor relay) pump motor
Power source for the
+B-FSR
18 WHT/GRN solenoid valve and 18-GND Every time Battery voltage
(+B fail-safe relay)
motor relay coil
GND Ground for the
19 BLK (Ground) modulator assembly
19-GND -- Below0.3 V
20 WALP Drives ABS indicator 20-GND ON Approx. 11 V

BLU!RED ABS indicator
21* 1 (Warning lamp) 21-GND* 1 OFF Below 1 V
WLE Drives brake system Engine running, Pulled Below 0.3 V
21* 2 GRN!RED indicator 21-GND
(Warning light EBD) parking brake Released Battery voltage
*1: D16W3 engme
*2: Except D16W3 engine
19-10
20T2N engine
19 18 17 16
GND +B-FSR +il-MR P-GND
Measurement
Terminal Wire Terminal sign
color-. (Terminal name) . Description Conditions
number Terminal Voltage
(Ignition switch ON (II})
RRS (-) Detects right-rear
1 WHT (Rear-right signal wheel sensor signal
negative)
1-3 ..
RRS(+)
3 WHT (Rear-right signal
positive)
FRSH Detects right-front AC: 0.053V
4 VEL (Front-right signal wheel sensor signal or above
negative) Turn wheel at
4-5
FRS(+) 1 turn/second . Oscilloscope:
5 VEL (Front-right signal 0.15 Vp-p or
positive) above
Wheel
FLSH Detects left-front wheel
6 RED (Front-left signal sensor signal
negative)
6-7
FLS (+)
7 RED (Front-left signal
positive)
RLS (-) Detects left-rear wheel
8 GRN (Rear-left signal sensor signal
negative)
8-9 Stops Approx. 2.5 V
RLS (+)
9 GRN (Rear-left signal
positive)
DIAG-K Communicate with
11 BLK (Diagnosis K Honda PGM Tester -- -- --
terminal)
DIAG-L Diagnostic trouble Connected OV
ABS short
12 BLU/GRV (Diagnosis L code indication 12-GND
connector Disconnected Approx. 5 V
terminal}
Detects brake switch Depressed Battery voltage
Brake
14 GRN/WHT STOP signal 14-GND
pedal Released ov
Detects ignition switch 2
IG2
15 GRN!BLK
(Ignition 2) signal (System activate 15-GND -- Battery voltage
signal)
P-GND Ground for the pump
16 BLK 16-GND Below 0.3 V
(Pump ground) motor
+BcMR Power source for the
17 BAN!BLK 17-GND Every time Battery voltage
(+8 motor relay) pump motor
Power source for the
+B-FSR
18 BRN!BLK solenoid valve and 18-GND Every time Battery voltage
(+B fail-safe relay)
motor relay coil
GND Ground for the
19 BLK
(Ground) modulator assembly
19-GND -- Below0.3 V
21 BLU/RED WALP Drives ABS indicator

21-GND ABS indicator
I ON Approx. 11 V
(Warning lamp) I OFF Below 1 V
19-11
Troubleshooting Precautions
ABS Indicator
1. The ABS indicator comes on when the ABS control unit detects a problem in the system. However, even though the
system is operate properly, the ABS indicator will come on, under the following conditions.
Disturbance signal
Wheel spin
Only drive wheels rotate
Battery voltage fluctuates
Disconnected modulator assembly connector .
. . To determine the. actual cause of problem, ;question the customer about the problem, taking these conditions into
consideration.
2. When a problem is detected and the ABS indicator comes on, there are cases when the indicator stays on until the
ignition switch is turned OFF, and cases when the indicator goes off automatically when the system returns to nor-
mal. For DTC 61, the indicator goes off automatically when the system returns to normal. For all other codes, the
cator stays on until the ignition switch is turned OFF.
3. In certain mode, the ABS indicator stays on when the system is reactivated without erasing the DTC after correcting
the problem, but it goes off after starting the vehicle.
When the wheel sensor system is faulty and the ABS indicator comes on, the algorithm of the system automatically turns
off the ABS indicator after the wheel speed signal returns to the normal speed. While, when the DTC is erased, the CPU is
reset and the ABS indicator goes off when the system checked out normal by the initial diagnosis.
Therefore, test-drive the vehicle after servicing the wheel sensor system and be sure that the ABS indicator does not
come on.
4. When the ABS control unit outputs battery voltage to gauge assembly, the ABS indicator goes off.
5. When both the brake system indicator and ABS indicator are ON, do the the ABS first.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTCI

1. The diagnostic trouble code (DTC) is memorized when a problem is detected and th.e ABS indicator does not go off or
when the ABS indicator comes on.
Therefore, the DTC can not be memorized when the ABS indicator come on unless the CPU is activated.
2. The DTCs can be memorized until three DTC. However, when the same DTC is detected twice or more, the. later one is
written over the old one.
Therefore, when the same problem is detected repeatedly, it.is recorded as the one DTC.
3. The DTCs are indicated from last memorized DTC.
4. The DTCs are memorized in the EEPROM.(non-volatile memory).

Therefore, the memorized DTCs cannot be canceled with the battery. Perform the specified procedures to erase.
.. . .
Self-diagnosis
Self-diagnosis can be classifield into the four categories as listed below.
Initial diagnosis: Performed right after the engine starts until the ABS indicator goes off.
Except ABS control: Performed when the ABS is not functioning.
During ABS control: Performed when the ABS is functioning.
During warning: Performed when the ABS indicator is ON.
19-12
Kickback
1. The motor operates when the ABS is functioning, and the fluid in the reservoir is forced out to the master cylinder,
causing kickback.
Therefore, the brake pedal must be kept depressed when the kickback occurs as it is performed during the ordinary
brake operation.
2. The ABS control unit operates the solenoid valve when the brake pedal is released after the initial diagnosis. You can
hear the faint solenoid valve operation sound this time, but it is normal.
3. Pedal kickback also occurs during EBD functioning, before ABS operates (except D16W3 and 20T2N engine model).
Pump Motor
1. The pump motor operates when the ABS is functioning.
2. The ABS control unit checks the pump motor operation when starting the vehicle at first time: You can hear the faint
operation sound this time, but it is normal.
3. The pump motor operates for a moment when you release the brake pedal, after EBD function stopped (except
D16W3 and 20T2N engine model).
Brake Fluid Replacement/Air Bleeding

1. Brake fluid replacement and air bleeding procedure are sarrie as vehicles without ABS. To ease bleeding, start. with
the front wheels.
Troubleshooting
1. The troubleshooting flowcharts explain the procedures on the assumption that the cause of the problem lasts and the
ABS indicator does not go off or it stays on.
Note that the troubleshooting following the flow chart when the ABS indicator-does not come on can result in incor-
rect judgment.
2. Question the condition when the problem occurred and produce the same conditions as much as possible for trou-
bleshooting.
Self-diagnosis is made at various times such as the initial diagnosis, except ABS control, during ABS control, during
acce_leration, during the specified vehicle speed, etc. Therefore, the symptom cannot be checked unless the check
conditions match with the problem conditions.
3. When the ABS indicator does not come on during the test-drive but the troubleshooting is performed with the DTC,
check for the loose connector, poor contact of the terminal, etc. before troubles_hooting.
4. After troubleshooting, erase the DTC and test-drive the vehicle. Be sure that the ABS indicator does not come on.
5. The connector symbol shown in the connector illustration represents the female terminals with the single outline and
the male terminals with the double outlines.
19-13
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC Indication
1. Connect the ABS short connector to the data link connector under dash of passenger's side.
2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), but do not start the engine.
NOTE: Do not depress the brake pedal when turning the ignition switch.
3. Record the blinking frequency of the ABS indicator. The blinking frequency indicates DTC.
4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and remove the ABS short connector.
5. Erase the DTC by cycling the ignition.switch for 20 times or more.
Condition for DTC indication

The vehicle is stopped.
The ABS short connector is connected before the ignition switch is turned ON (II).
The brake pedal is not depressed.
The ABS short connector is not disconnected during this servjce.
The DTC indication is finished and ABS control unit execute the software function if at least one of the following condi-
tions is satisfied.
The vehicle is not stopped.

The SCS short connector is disconnected during this service.
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR (5PI
It -)G
ABS INDICATOR
DTC: 1 2 OTC:33
ON----.,...--....,
ABS INDICATOR
OFF ---- --------+------1

2sec. 3.6sec. 1.3sec. 3. 6sec. 0. 4sec. 3.6sec.
IQilitiof! Switch 0.3sec. 0. 4sec.

ON (II}
First cycle Second
cycle
l8!: Bulb check mode
1.9-14
Troubleshooting Index
:iii
a: w *
1-a:
0 CI)O REFER
Cl)l- >t- PROBLEM
DTC a:a<l: Cl)<l: DIAGNOSIS/SYMPTOM TO
WCJ LOCATION
c PAGE
;e;
a:l
- ON Brake system indicator does not go off 19-16

NO
ON - ABS indicator does not come on 19-17
DTC
ON - ABS indicator does not go off (no DTC) 19-19
11 FR
f---
13 FL
f--- ON OFF* 2 Wheel sensor (open/short' to power) 19-21
15 RR
f---
17 RL
- FR.
12
f---
14 FL
f--- ON OFF* 2 Faulty wheel sensor pulse 19-2l
16 RR
f---
18 RL
21 ON ON Continuous operation (chipped pulser) 19-21
31 FRI
f---
32 FRO '
f---
33 FLI
1---
34 FLO
1---- ON ON Solenoid (open/short to body ground/short to power/stuck) . 19-23
35 RRI
1---
36 RRO
1---
37 RLI
1---
38 RLO
51 ON OFF Motor lock 19-23
52 ON OFF Motor stuck off 19-24
53 ON OFF Motor stuck on 19-24
54 ON ON Main relay stuck off 19-25
OFF Above 7 V
61 ON f - - - Ignition voltage (low voltage) 19-23
ON Below7V
ON Problem occurs except valve relay (VR) stuck ON
81 ON f - - - CPU 19-23
OFF Valve relay (VR) stuck ON
*1: Except D16W3 and 20T2N engine model.
*2: The brake system indicator comes on when the ABS control unit detects more than two wheel problem.
19-15
Troubleshooting
Brake System Indicator Does Not Go Off (Except D16W3 and 20T2N engine-
model: With EBD)
Brake system indicator does not

go off with the parking brake is
released while engine is running.
Make sure the brake fluid level.
.,
NO I
Is the level OK?
I
Refill the brake fluid.
I
YES
Make sure the ABS indicator.
YES 1
Does the ABS indicator come on?
I Check the DTC for the ABS. I
NO
Check the modulator assembly:

Disconnect the modulator assem-
bly connector.
Does the brake system indica- YES 1

tor go off? I Replace the modulator assembly.
I
NO
Check the brake system indicator

circuit (short to body ground),
parking brake switch (stuck ON)
and brake fluid level switch
(stuck ON) (see conventional
brake section).
19-16
ABS Indicator Does Not Come On
ABS indicator does not come on

when the ignition switch is
turned ON (II).
Cheek the indicator power

source circuit:
Turn the ignition switch ON (II).
Blown BACK-UP LIGHTS (10 AI
fuse.
Repair open in the wire
NO . between the BACK-UP LIGHTS
Does the brake system indica-
(10 AI fuse and gauge assem-
tor come on?
bly.
Replace the driver's under-dash
YES fuse/relay box. (Open circuit
inside the box.)
Check the modulator assembly: r

2. Disconnect the modulator
assembly connector.
3. Turn the ignition switch ON
(II).
Check for loose modulator

YES assembly connector. If necessary,
Does the ABS indicator come on?
substitute a known-good modu-
lator assembly and recheck.
NO
Check the ABS indicator bulb in

the gauge assembly.
NO J
Is the bulb OK? Replace the ABS indicator bulb.
I
YES GAUGE ASSEMBLV 7P CONNECTOR
Check for a short to body ground

in the WALP circuit:
1. DisconneCt the gauge assem-
bly 7P connector.
ground. Wire side of female terminals
Repair short to body ground in

YES the wire between the gauge
assembly and modulator assem-
bly.
NO
(To page 19-181
(cont'd)
19-17
Troubleshooting
ABS Indicator Does Note Come On (cont'd).

(From page 19-17)
I
Check for an open in the indica- GAUGE ASSEMBLV 7P CONNECTOR
tor GND circuit:
2. Connect the gauge assembly
7P connector.
3. Connect the gauge assembly GND (BLKI JUMPER
7P connector terminal No. 5 WIRE
and body ground with a
jumper wire.
(II). Wire side of female terminals

YES the gauge assembly and body
Does the ABS indicator come on? ground.
Repair poor ground (LHD: G201,
NO G401, RHO: G301, G401).
Replace the printed circuit board

in the gauge assembly.
19-18
ABS Indicator Does Not Go Off (No DTCl
- With engine running, the ABS

indicator is ON.
- With the ABS short connector
connected (see page 19-14),
no DTC is indicated.
I
Check the ABS UNIT (10 AI fuse
in the under-dash fuse relay box
and reinstall the fuse if it is OK.
I NO
Is the fuse OK?
I Replace the fuse and recheck.
I GAUGE ASSEMBLY 7P CONNECTOR
r
I YES
WALP (BLU/REDI
Check the gauge assembly:

1. Connect the gauge assembly
JUMPER
WIRE
I 2 I 3 r:a I
6 7,
7P connector terminal No. 1
jumper wire.
2. Turn the ignition switch ON Wire side of female terminals
(II).
I NO Replace the printed circuit board

Does the ABS indicator go off?
in the gauge assembly.
I YES

Check for an open in the WALP
circuit:
2. Disconnect the modulator
assembly connector.
3. Connect the terminal No. 20* 1 *1 D16W3 and 20T2N engines: terminal No.2
jumper wire.
(II).

Does the ABS indicator go off? the gauge assembly and modula-
I YES
tor assembly.
!
IG2
Check for an open in the IG2 cir-
cuit:
Measure the voltage between the
modulator assembly connector
ground.

Is there battery voltage? the ABS UNIT (10 AI fuse and the
modulator assembly.
I YES
(To 19-20)
(cont'd)
19-19
Troubleshooting
ABS Indicator Does Not Go Off (No DTC) (cont'd}
(From page 19-19)
I
Check for an open in the GND MODULATOR ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR
circuit:
2. Connect the modulator
assembly connector terminals
No. 20* 1 and No. 19 with a *1 D16W3 and 20T2N engines: terminal No.2
jumper wire.
(II).
JUMPER WIRE

the modulator assembly and
NO body ground.
Does the ABS indicator go off?
Repair poor ground {Except 2.0
YES TDI engine: G202, 2.0TDI engine:
G202, G203).
Check for, loose modulator

assembly connector. If necessary,
substitute a known-good modu-
lator assembly and recheck.
19-20
DTC: 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,18,21
NOTE: The ABS indicator comes on when only drive wheel is turning, and detects disturbance signal, etc. Therfore, test-
drive the vehicle at speed of 31 mph (50 km/h) or more after turning the ignition switch OFF to ON (II) and if the ABS indi-
cator does not come on, the system is OK.
- With the ignition switch ON

(II), the ABS indicator does ,
not go off.
- With the SCS short connector MODULATOR ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR
DTCs 11-21 are indicated. * FLS H FRS 1+1
Appropriate Terminal
I DTC
(+)SIDE (-)SIDE
Check the wheel sensor circuit: 11, 12: FRS No.5 No.4
1. Disconnect the modulator 13, 14:FLS No.7 No.6
assembly connector. 15, 16: RRS No.3 No.1
2. Check for continuity between No.8
17, 18: RLS No.9
the appropriate wheel sensor
(+)and(-) circuit terminals*.
Repair open in the 1+1 or H cir-
I cuit wire. or short to the 1+1 cir-
cuit wire in the (-1 circuit wire
Is there continuity? NO between the modulator assem-
Front/Rear: 450- 2,000 0 (at bly and the appropriate wheel
20C, 68F) Terminal side of female terminals
sensor.
I YES.
Replace the appropriate wheel
sensor.
FLSI+I FRSI+I
Check for a short to body ground
in the wheel sensor circuit:
Check for continuity between the.
appropriate wheel sensor (+) cir-
cuit terminal* and body ground.
Repair short to body ground in
I YES
the (+) or (-) circuit wire
between the modulator assem-
Is there continuity? bly and the appropriate wheel
.J NO
sensor .
Replace the appropriate wheel
sensor.
Check for a short to power in the

wheel sensor circuit:
the modulator assembly con-
nectar appropriate wheel sen-
sor (+) circuit terminal and
body ground.
I YES
Repair short to power in the (+)
or 1-l circuit wire between the
modulator assembly and the
I NO
appropriate wheel sensor.
(To page 19-22)
(cont'd)
19-21
Troubleshooting
DTC: 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18,21 (cont'd)
(From page 19-21)
l
Check for chipped pulser gear.
NO Replace the driveshaft or the hub

Is the pulser OK? unit.
(Chipped pulser gear.)
YES
Check for the wheel sensor

installation.
NO Reinstall the wheel sensor cor-

Is there correct?
rectly.
YES
DTC 11, 13, 15, 17: Replace the

modulator assembly.
DTC 12, 14, 16, 18, 21: It can be
cause that the modulator assem-
bly detects disturbance signal.
19-22
DTC: 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 51, 61, 81
DTC:31,32,33,34,35,36,37,38,51,81
Oil, the ABS indicator does
not go off.
- With the SCS short connector
connected (see page 19-14).
DTCs 31-38, 51 and/or 81 are
indicated.
l
1. Erase the DTC.
3. Make sure that the. ABS indi-
cater comes on and DTCs
31-38, 51 and/or 81 are indi-
cated.
I NO I
Are DTCs indicated?
I
The system is OK at this time.
J
.I YES
Replace the modulator assembly.
DTC: 61
(II), the ABS indicator does
not go off.
DTC 61 is indicated.
I
1. Erase the DTC.
3. Make sure that the ABS indi-
cator comes on and DTC 61 is
indicated.
I NO I
Is DTC 61 indicated? The system is OK at this time.
I
I YES MODULA")"qR ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR
Check for an open in the IG2 cir- IG2

cuit:
the modulator assembly con-
nector terminal No. 1.5 and
body ground.
l NO l'lepair open in the between

Is battery voltage? the ABS UNIT (10 AI fuse and the

modulator assembly.
I YES
19-23
Troubleshooting
DTC: 52,53
DTC: 52
- During driving the vehicle,

ABS indicator comes on.
I
Check the ABS MOTOR (40 AI
fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay
box, and reinstall the fuse if it is
OK.
I NO I
Is the fuse OK? Replace the fuse and recheck.
I
I YES MODULATOR ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR
Check for an open in the +8-MR

circuit:

Is there battery voltage? the modulator assembly and the
under-hood fuse/relay box.
I YES
DTC: 53
- During driving the vehicle,

ABS indicator comes on.
I
1. Erase the DTC.
3. Make sure that the ABS indi-
cater comes on and DTC 53 is
indicated.
\.
Is DTC 53 indicated?
NO I Intermittent motor relay stuck
L ON, the system is OK at this time.
I
I YES
Check. for an open in the P-GND

circuit:
Check for continuity between the
Repair ,open in the wire
I NO
between the modulator assem-
bly and body ground.
Repair poor ground (Except 2.0
I YES
TOI engine: G202, 2.0TDI
engine: G202, G203).
19-24
DTC: 54

(Ill), the ABS indicator does
not go off.
connected (see page 19-141,
DTC 54 is inc!icated.
Check the ABS +B (20 AI fuse in

the under-hood fuse/relay box,
and reinstall the fuse if it is OK.
NO I
Is the fuse OK? Replace the fuse and recheck.
I
YES
MODULATOR ASSEMBLY cor:-.rNECTOR
Check for an open in the +B-FSR

circuit:
modulator assembly connecto-r

Is there battery voltage? the modulator assembly and the
under-hood fuse/relay box. Terminal side of female terminals
YES
19-25
Modulator Assembly
Removal/Installation
CAUTION:
Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off imme-
diately with water.
Take care not to damage or deform the brake lines during removal and installation.
a
To prevent the brake fluid from flowing, plug and cover the hose ends_ and joints with shop towel or equivalent
material.
CONNECTOR
Removal
1. Remove the battery and battery tray (LHD only).
2. Disconnect the modulator assembly connector as described below.
G) Pull the connector lock.
Disconnect the connector.
3. Disconnect the brake pipes, then remove the-modulator assembly.
Installation
1. Install the modulator assembly, then connect the brake pipes.
2. Connect the modulator assembly connector in the reverse order of
disconnection.
3. Install the battery tray and battery (LHD only).
4. Perform the air bleeding.
NOTE: The procedure is same as conventional brakes.
5. Start the engine, and check that the ABS indicator and brake system indicator (EBD model) go off.
6. Test-drive the vehicle, and check that the ABS indicator and brake system indicator (EBD model) do not come on.
MODULATOR ASSEMBLY
16 Nm (1.6 kgfm, 121bf.ft)
CONNECTOR
MODULATOR ASSEMBLY
SmmNUT
9 Nm (0.9 kgfm, 7 lbf.ftl
SmmBOLT
22 Nm (2.2 kgfm, 161bf.ftl
19-26
Pulsers/Wheel Sensors
Inspection Wheel Sensor Replacement

1. Check the front and rear pulser for chipped or dam- Install the sensors carefully to avoid twisting the wires.
aged teeth.
Front
2. Measure the air gap between the wheel sensor and
pulser all the way around while rotating the pulser.
If the air gap exceeds 1.0 mm (0.04 in), check for a
bent suspension arm.
Standard:
Front/Rear: 0.4- 1.0 mm (0.02- 0.04 in)
Front/Rear
Remove the rear brake disc to inspect the rear
wheel sensor air gap.
t
6mmBOLT
9.8 Nm (1.0 kgfm, 7.21bf.ftl
Rear
WHEEL SENSOR
6 mm BOLT
9.8 Nm (1.0 kgfm, 7.21bf.ft)
19-27
Body
Seats
Rear Seat Removal and
Installation ..................................... 20-2
Rear Seat Armrest Replacement ...... 20-3
Rear Seat-back latch Replacement ... 20-3
Rear Seat-back Striker
Replacem.ent ...................................... 20-4
Rear Seat Cover Replacement .......... 20-4
Seat Belts
'Rear Seat Belt Replacement ............. 20-7
Rear Center Belt Inspection .............. 20-9
NOTE: Refer to the 1995 CIVIC 5 DOOR Shop Manual, P/N 62ST300, for
. '
the items not shown in this section.

The component parts of the rear seats were changed.
The rear center lap belt was changed to the lap/shoulder belt.
Seats
Rear Seat Removal and Installation
NOTE: Take care not to scratch the body or tear the seat covers .
..,.: Bolt locations

A ... ,2 B ... ,4 c ..... 1
Sx 1.25 mm 8 x 1.25 mm 7/16-20 UNF
22 Nm 12.2 kgfm, lli'\\mm, 22 Nm (2.2 kgfm, 32 Nm (3.3 kgfm,
161bfft) 241bf.ft)
CENTER ANCHOR
REAR CENTER BELT
RIGHT SEAT-BACK
A
SEAT CUSHION
Install in the reverse order of removal, and note these items:

Before attaching the rear seat-back and seat cushion, make sure there are no twists or kinks in the rear seat belt
buckles and center belt.
Make sure the seat-backs lock securely.
20-2
Rear Seat Armrest Replacement Rear Seat-back Latch Replacement
For some models: 1. Remove the seat-back (see page 20-2).
NOTE: Take care not to tear the seams or damage the 2. Separate the seat-back cover/pad and frame (see
seat covers. page 20-4).
1. Remove the armrest trim board. 3. With a Torx T40 bit, remove the screws, then
remove the seat-back latch from the seat-back
frame.
11>-: Screw locations, 2
6x 1.0mm
9.8 Nm (1.0 kgfm,
7.21bf.ft) II>: Screw locations, 2
8x 1.25 mm
@)}}mm> 22 Nm (2.2 kgfm,
161bf.ft) . -
ARMREST
TRIM BOARD
SEAT-BACK
SEAT-BACK LATCH
FRAME
4. Install in the reverse order of removal, and make sure

the seat-back locks securely and opens properly.
2. With a Torx T30 bit, remove the screws, and

remove the armrest b'y releasing the hooks.
3. Install in the reverse order of removal.
20-3
Seats
Rear Seat-back Striker Rear Seat Cover Replacement

Replacement
NOTE:
NOTE: Take care not to bend or scratch the trim and Take care not to tear the seams or damage the seat
panels. covers.
Wear gloves to protect your hands.
1. Remove: Be careful not to damage the rear center belt and
Rear seat-back (see page 20-2) retractor during removal and installation of the right
Rear seat side trim seat-back cover.
2. With a Torx T40 bit, remove the screws, then Seat-back cover:
remove the striker.
NOTE: The right seatcback is shown, the left seat-back is
the same manner .
.,.: Screw locations, 2
1. Remove the seat-back (see page 20-2).
8x 1.25 mm
18 Nm (1.8 kgfm,
13 lbf.ft) 2. If equipped, remove the armrest (see page 20-3).
3. Remove the pivot bushing. With a Torx T40 bit,

remove the seat-back center hinge.
8x 1.25 mm
22 Nm (2.2 kgfm,
BUSHING 161bf.ft)
PUSH
NUT
STRIKER
3. Install in the reverse order of removal, and make

sure the seat-back locks securely.
PIVOT
BUSHING
20-4
4. On the .right seat-back only, remove the screws with 5. Pull back the seat-back cover. all the way around,
a Torx T20 bit, release the hooks, then remove the then remove the back cover.
center belt guide. Remove the cap and remove the
center belt from the center belt guide through its
slit.
SEAT-BACK
COVER
.,. : Screw locations, 2
CAP
CENTER
BELT
GUIDE
HOOK SEAT-BACK
COVER
(cont'd)
20-5
Seats
Rear Seat Cover Replacement (cont'd)
6. Pull back the seat-back frame, remove the headrest 7. Pull back the edge of the seat-back cover all the way
guides and lock knob trim, then separate the seat- around, and release the clips, then remove the seat-
back cover/pad and seat-back frame. back cover.
SEAT-BACK
SEAT-BACK COVER
.FRAME .
8. Install in the reverse order of removal, and note

these items:
Before installing the right seat-back cover, make
sure there are no twists or kinks in the center
belt .
.e To prevent wrinkles when installing a seat-back
cover, make sure the material is stretched evenly
over the pad before securing the hooks and clips.
Replace the clips with new ones using commer-
cially available upholstery ring pliers.
NEW
CLIP
LOCK KNOB
TRIM
RING
PLIERS
20-6
Seat Belts
Rear Seat Belt Replacement

NOTE: Check the rear seat belts for damage, and 4. Release the hooks, and remove the protector as neces-
replace them if necessary. Be careful not to damage sary. Remove the retractor mounting Bolt, and the
them during removal and installation. retractor bolt, then remove the center belt and retrac-
tor/protector from the right seat-back frame.
Center belt and seat belt buckles:
RETRACTOR
1. Fold the rear seat cushion forward. RETRACTOR BOLT
MOUNTING 7/16-20 UNF
2. Remove the center anchor bolts, and remove the BOLT 32 Nm (3.3 kgfm,
seat belt buckles. 241bf.ftl
CENTER ANCHOR BOLTS

7/16-20 UNF
32 Nm (3.3 kgfm,
241bf.ftl
RIVET
RETRACTOR
SEATBELT
BUCKLES
RIGHT
SEAT-BACK
3. Remove the right s.eat-back cover/pad (see page 20-4). FRAME
(cont'd)
20-7
Seat Belts
Rear Seat Belt Replacement (cont'd)
5. Install in the reverse order of removal. and note
these items:
When removing the protector from the retractor
by removing the rivet, after reinstalling the
retractor onto the seat-back-frame, reinstall the
.protector onto' the retractor with new revet.
Apply liquid thread lock to the lower anchor bolt
before reinstallation.
Check that the retractor locking mechanism func-
tions as described on page 20-9.
Before installing the anchor bolts, make sure
there are no twists or kinks in the rear center
belt.
Center anchor bolt construction:
TOOTHED
LOCK WASHER
CENTER
ANCHORS
Retractor bolt construction:
TOOTHED
LOCK WASHER
RETRACTOR/
PROTECTOR
20-8
Inspection
Rear center belt retractor: In-vehicle:
1. Before installing the retractor, check that the seat 1. Check that the seat belt is not twisted or caught on
belt can be pulled out freely. anything.
2. Hold the rear center belt pulled out of the retractor 2. After installing the anchors, check for free move-
over 900 mm (35.4 in.). ment on the anchor bolts. If necessary, remove the
anchor bolts and check that the washers and other
3. Make sure that the seat belt does not lock when the parts are not damaged or improperly installed.
retractor is leaned slowly up to 15 from the mounted
position. The seat belt should lock when the retractor 3. Check the seat belts for damage or discoloration.
is leaned over 40. Do not attempt to disassemble the Clean with a shop towel if necessary. Use only soap
retractor. and water to clean.
4. Check that the seat belt does not lock when pulled
*: Mounted Position
out slowly. The seat belt is designed to lock only
during a sudden stop or impact.
* 250 l* 5. For the rear center belt check that the seat belt locks
when pulled out over 300 mm (11.8 in.) with the
seat-back folded down.
400
6. Make sure that the seat belt will retract automatically
when released.
7. For each passenger's seat belt, make sure that the

locking mechanism in the seat belt retractor will
RETRACTOR engage when the seat belt is pulled all the way out.
Inside Forward
8. Replace the seat belt with a new one if there is any
abnormality.
4. Replace the seat belt with a new one if there is any

abnormality.
20-9
HONDA
Civic 5 Door/ Automobile
Civic 5 Door TurboDiesel News Number Issue Date
994-027E JUL 1999
This news provides the following information for the '99 Civic 5 Door/Civic 5 Door' TurboDiesel Shop Manual.
Please revise your shop manual by using the following information. See f""l part of attached pages.
Applicable Shop Manual
Shop Manual Name Code. Number Applicable Page News Page
'99 Civic 5 Door/ 1-2 2 of3

62ST325
Civic 5 Door Turbo Diesel 1-3 3 of3
HONDA MOTOR CO., LTD.

SERVICE PUBUCATJON OFRCE
1 of 3
Chassis and Engine Numbers
r- Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Engine Number - - - - - - - - - - - - - .
D14A6- E100001
_ _ _ _Ts_,HH MB2 1 3 o[v]u
Manufacturer, Make and
Type of Vehicle -
_ Engine Type ----------T--1
D14Z3: 1.4 f SOHC 16-valves Multipart Fuel-
SHH: HONDA OF THE U.K. injected engine with catalytic converter
MFG., LTO. England. D14Z4: 1.4 t SOHC 16-valves Multi port Fuel-
HONDA Passenger injected engine with catalytic converter
vehicle D15Z8: 1.5 t SOHC 16-valves Sequential
Line, Body and Engine Type - Multi port Fuel-injected VTEC-E engine
MB2: CIVIC 5-door/ with catalytic converter
D14Z3,D14Z4 D16W3: 1.6l SOHC 16-valves Multi port Fuel-
MB3: CIVIC 5-door/D15Z8 injected engine with catalytic converter
MB4: CIVIC 5-door/D16W3, D16W4 D16W4: 1.6 t SOHC 16-valves Multipart Fuel-
MB6: CIVIC 5-door/B18C4 injected VTEC engine with catalytic con-
M87: CIVIG 5-door/20T2N verter
Body and Transmission Type B18C4: 1.8 t DOHC 16-valves Sequential
7: 5-door Hatchback Multi port Fuel-injected VTEC engine
5-speed Manual with catalytic converter
8: 5-door Hatchback 20T2N: 2.0 t SOHC 8 valves Fuel-injected
4-speed Automatic diesel engine with turbo charger, inter-
Vehicle Grade cooler and catalytic converter
Serial Number ______..:..__ _ _ _ _ __,
0: 1.4i
2: 1.4i D14Z3, D14Z4, D16W3, D16W4: E100001-
3: 1.4i, 1.5i VTEC, VTi, 2.0iTD D14A6: E200001-
4: 1.4i, 1.5i VTEC, 2.0iTD D15Z8:E300001-
5: 1.4i, 1.4iS, 1.5i8, 1.6iLS, 2.0iTDLS B18C4: 1200001-
6: 1.4i, 1.4iS, 1.4iLS, 1.6iES 20T2N: 0000001-
7: 1.4iS, 1.6iES
8: 1.4iS
9: 1.4i
Transmission Number - - - - - - - - - - - . . .
1------'
! 0: Except KY model ! 51 LA- 3000001
l______ _______j
Auxiliary Number - - - - - - - - - - ' Transmission Type
T
Factory Code - - - - - - - - - - - - ' 51 LA: 4-speed Automatic
U: Honda of the U.K. Manufacturing in 598: 5-speed Manual
England ' 9A: 5-speed Manual
Model Year ---------------_j Serial Number - - - - - - - - - - - - - - '
51 LA: 3000001-
1: 1999
Serial Number - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ' 598: 1000001-
9A: 1000001-
1-2
2 of 3
r- Model/Applicable Area CodeNIN/Engine Number/Transmission Number
APPUCABLE HANDLE GRADE TRANSMJSSION VEHICLE IDENTIRCATION TRANSMISSION
MODEL AREA CODE DRIVE NAME ENGINE NUMBER NUMBER
TYPE NUMBER
TYPE
_.--- ---- -
1.4i 5MT ! 9A-1 000001
1.4i 5MT ! i
1.4iS 5MT ! 9A-1 000001
1.4iS 5MT ! i D14Z4-E100001- 9A-1 000001
1.4iS 5MT 1 r 9A-1 000001-
1.4iS 5MT ! SHHMB2780YU 100001- ! 014Z4-E100001- 9A-1 000001
1.4iS 4AT ! SHHMB2850YU100001- i 014Z4-E100001-
1.4iS 4AT ! S 1LA-300000 1
1.5iVTEC SMT ! SHHMB3730YU100001-! 015Z8-E300001
KG LHD 1.5iVTEC SMT ! SHHMB37 40YU 100001- ! 015Z8-E300001- 9A-1000001
1.5iB SMT ! SHHMB3750YU100001-! 01 5Z8-E300001- SA-1000001-
1.6iLS SMT 1SHHMB4750YU100001- l SA-1000001-
1.6iLS 4AT ! SHHMB4850YU100001-! 016W3-E100001- 51 LA-3000001-
1.6iES SMT l SHHMB4760YU100001- l 016W4-E100001- SA-1000001-
1.6iES 4AT ! SHHMB4860YU100001-! D16W4-E100001- S 1LA-300000 1
VTi 5MT ! SHHMB6730YU100001-! B18C4-1200001- 596-1000001-
2.0iTD 5MT i SHHMB7730YU100001-! 9A-1 000001-
2.0iTO SMT 20T2N-0000001- SA-1000001-
CIVIC 2.0iTOLS 5MT SHHMB7750YU100001- 20T2N-0000001- SA-1000001-

5-door 1.4i 5MT !SHHMB2700YU100001-! SA-1000001-
1.4i 5MT l SHHMB2720YU100001- i D14Z3-E100001 ... SA-1000001-
1.4i 5MT ! SHHMB2750YU 100001 ! D14Z3-E100001- SA-1000001-
1.4i 5MT ! D14Z3-E100001- SA-1000001-
1.4i 5MT !SHHMB2790YU100001-! D 14Z3-E 100001- 9A-1000001-
1.4i 4AT ! SHHMB2860YU100001-! D14Z3-E100001- S 1LA-3000001-
KE RHO 1.5iVTEC SMT lSHHMB3740YU100001- l D15Z8-E300001-
1.6ilS SMT i D16W3-E100001-
1.6ilS 4AT lSHHMB4850YU100001- l D16W3-E100001- 51 LA-3000001-
1.6iES 5MT ! SHHMB4770YU100001-! 016W4-E100001- SA-1000001-
1.6iES 4AT ! SHHMB4870YU100001- i D16W4-E100001- S1LA-3000001-
VTi 5MT ! 818C4-1200001- 598-1000001-
2.0iTOLS 5MT ! SHHMB7750YU100001-! 20T2N-0000001- 9A-1 000001-
1.4i 5MT !SHHMB2750YU100001- i D14Z4-E100001- 9A-1 000001-
1.5iVTEC 5MT ! SHHMB37 40YU100001-l D15Z8-E300001- 9A-1 000001
KS LHD
1.6iLS SMT !SHHMB4750YU100001-!
0 0
D16W3-E100001- 9A-1 000001-
1.6iLS 4AT ! 016W3-E100001- S1LA-3000001-
1.4iLS SMT ! SHHMB276*YU 100001 ! D14A6-E200001-
KY LHD
1.4iLS 4AT J SHHMB286*YU100001-! 51 LA-3000001-
------ - ------------ -
1-3
3 of 3

62st325 Civic 5 Door 99

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

62st325 Civic 5 Door 99

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

INTRODUCTION General Info

How to Use This Manual

Indicates a strong possibility of severe personal injury

NOTE: Gives helpful information.

marked sections are not included in this manual.

First Edition 10/98 218 pages HONDA MOTOR CO., LTO.

o Shift fork assembly

o Values of the road test

o Immobilizer system information

o Front fog lights

Manufacturer, Make and

List of automotive abbreviations which may be used in shop manual.

ASS Anti-lock Brake System F Front

EBD Electronic Brake Distribution

N Neutral vc Viscous Coupling

SAE Society of Automotive Engineers

Standards and Service Limits .............. 3-2

,- Engme Lubrication- Section 8

Engine oil Capacity

3.3 (3.5, 2.9) for oil change, including filter

Fuel and Emissions - s ect1on 11

MEASUREMENT STANDARD '(NEW! I SERVICE LIMIT

MEASUREMENT STANDARD .(NEW) SERVICE LIMIT

- I eren t"18 IA/T

,-- power Steermg- s ect"10n 17

Rear brake drum I. D. 203.20- 203.33 (8.000- 8.005) 204 (8.03)

Lubricant capacity Condenser 15 (1/2, 0.5)

Lubricant capacity Condenser 15 (1/2, 0.5)

Lubricant capacity mf (fl oz, Imp oz) 130 (4.4, 4.6)

Lubricant capacity m (fl oz, Imp ozl 120 (4, 4.2)

ITEM METRIC ENGLISH NOTES

Oil Pump Discharge Rate

STEERING Type Power assisted, rack and pinion

Steering Wheel Dia.

Lubrication Points ................................. 4-2

No. LUBRICATION POINTS LUBRICANT

CAUTION: Used engine oil may cause skin cancer if

-30 -20-10 0 10 20 30 40C

Inspect and adjust drive belts

Replace transmission fluid

(0: Inspect) Automatic transmission: Genuine Honda ATF

Inspect front and rear brakes

Use only DOT3 or DOT4*' fluid. Check that

Replace pollen filter

Driveshaft boots Check boots and boot band for cracks.

Brake hoses and lines (including ABS) .

Replace timing belt and inspect water

Replace engine coolant

Automatictransmission: Genuine Honda

Check the brake pad and disc thickness. * 3 19-2, 3

Replace pollen filter

Check for correct installation and posi-

Suspension components Check the bolts for tightness.

Check boots and boot band for cracks.

Check the cylinder, proportioning

leaks and tightness .

Inspect PCV valve

Honda Genuine MTF

Check the brake pad and disc thickness.

Check parking brake adjustment

The suggested rotation method is shown in

D14A6 Engine ........................................ 11-A-1

Special Tools ........................................ ................ 11-C-2 Idle Control System